1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 47 #include <algorithm> 48 #include <cstring> 49 #include <functional> 50 using namespace clang; 51 using namespace sema; 52 53 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 54 if (OwnedType) { 55 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 56 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 57 } 58 59 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 60 } 61 62 namespace { 63 64 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 65 public: 66 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 67 bool AllowTemplates=false) 68 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 69 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 70 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 71 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 72 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 73 } 74 75 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 76 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 77 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 78 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 79 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 80 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 81 } 82 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 83 } 84 85 private: 86 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 87 bool WantClassName; 88 bool AllowClassTemplates; 89 }; 90 91 } 92 93 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 94 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 95 switch (Kind) { 96 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 97 // token kind is a valid type specifier 98 case tok::kw_short: 99 case tok::kw_long: 100 case tok::kw___int64: 101 case tok::kw___int128: 102 case tok::kw_signed: 103 case tok::kw_unsigned: 104 case tok::kw_void: 105 case tok::kw_char: 106 case tok::kw_int: 107 case tok::kw_half: 108 case tok::kw_float: 109 case tok::kw_double: 110 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 111 case tok::kw_bool: 112 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 113 case tok::kw___auto_type: 114 return true; 115 116 case tok::annot_typename: 117 case tok::kw_char16_t: 118 case tok::kw_char32_t: 119 case tok::kw_typeof: 120 case tok::annot_decltype: 121 case tok::kw_decltype: 122 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 123 124 default: 125 break; 126 } 127 128 return false; 129 } 130 131 namespace { 132 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 133 NotFound, 134 FoundNonType, 135 FoundType 136 }; 137 } // namespace 138 139 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 140 /// dependent class. 141 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 142 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 143 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 144 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 145 SourceLocation NameLoc, 146 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 147 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 148 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 149 // Look for type decls in base classes. 150 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 151 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 152 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 153 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 154 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 155 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 156 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 157 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 158 // templates. 159 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 160 continue; 161 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 162 if (!TD) 163 continue; 164 auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 165 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()); 166 if (!BasePrimaryTemplate) 167 continue; 168 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 169 } 170 if (BaseRD) { 171 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 172 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 173 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 174 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 175 } 176 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 177 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 178 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 179 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 180 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 181 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 182 break; 183 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 184 break; 185 } 186 } 187 } 188 } 189 190 return FoundTypeDecl; 191 } 192 193 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 194 const IdentifierInfo &II, 195 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 196 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 197 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 198 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 199 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 200 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 201 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 202 DC = DC->getParent()) { 203 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 204 // templates. 205 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 206 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 207 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 208 } 209 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 210 return ParsedType(); 211 212 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 213 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 214 // lookup during template instantiation. 215 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 216 217 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 218 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 219 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 220 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 221 222 CXXScopeSpec SS; 223 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 224 225 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 226 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 227 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 228 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 229 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 230 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 231 } 232 233 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 234 /// return the declaration of that type. 235 /// 236 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 237 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 238 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 239 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 240 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 241 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 242 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 243 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 244 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 245 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 246 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 247 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 248 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 249 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 250 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 251 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 252 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 253 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 254 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 255 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 256 257 if (!LookupCtx) { 258 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 259 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 260 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 261 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 262 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 263 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 264 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 265 // 266 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 267 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 268 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 269 return ParsedType(); 270 271 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 272 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 273 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 274 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 275 276 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 277 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 278 II, NameLoc); 279 return ParsedType::make(T); 280 } 281 282 return ParsedType(); 283 } 284 285 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 286 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 287 return ParsedType(); 288 } 289 290 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 291 // lookup for class-names. 292 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 293 LookupOrdinaryName; 294 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 295 if (LookupCtx) { 296 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 297 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 298 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 299 // nested-name-specifier. 300 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 301 302 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 303 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 304 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 305 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 306 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 307 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 308 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 309 LookupName(Result, S); 310 } 311 } else { 312 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 313 LookupName(Result, S); 314 315 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 316 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 317 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 318 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 319 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 320 return TypeInBase; 321 } 322 } 323 324 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 325 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 326 case LookupResult::NotFound: 327 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 328 if (CorrectedII) { 329 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 330 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 331 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 332 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 333 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 334 TemplateTy Template; 335 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 336 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 337 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 338 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 339 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 340 if (SS && NNS) { 341 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 342 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 343 } 344 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 345 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 346 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 347 // is handled elsewhere). 348 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 349 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 350 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 351 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 352 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 353 IsCtorOrDtorName, 354 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 355 if (Ty) { 356 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 357 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 358 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 359 if (SS && NNS) 360 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 361 *CorrectedII = NewII; 362 return Ty; 363 } 364 } 365 } 366 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 367 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 368 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 369 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 370 return ParsedType(); 371 372 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 373 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 374 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 375 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 376 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 377 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 378 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 379 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 380 return ParsedType(); 381 } 382 383 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 384 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 385 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 386 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 387 if (!IIDecl || 388 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 389 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 390 IIDecl = *Res; 391 } 392 } 393 394 if (!IIDecl) { 395 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 396 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 397 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 398 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 399 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 400 // a type name. 401 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 402 return ParsedType(); 403 } 404 405 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 406 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 407 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 408 // perform the name lookup again. 409 break; 410 411 case LookupResult::Found: 412 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 413 break; 414 } 415 416 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 417 418 QualType T; 419 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 420 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 421 422 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 423 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 424 425 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 426 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 427 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 428 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 429 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 430 // Construct a type with type-source information. 431 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 432 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 433 434 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 435 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 436 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 437 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 438 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 439 } else { 440 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 441 } 442 } 443 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 444 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 445 if (!HasTrailingDot) 446 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 447 } 448 449 if (T.isNull()) { 450 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 451 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 452 return ParsedType(); 453 } 454 return ParsedType::make(T); 455 } 456 457 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 458 static NestedNameSpecifier * 459 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 460 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 461 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 462 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 463 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 464 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 465 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 466 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 467 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 468 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 469 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 470 } 471 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 472 } 473 474 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II, 475 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 476 // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template 477 // type parameter is a Microsoft extension. 478 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 479 480 // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at 481 // instantiation time. The name specifier isn't dependent, so template 482 // instantiation won't transform it. It will retry the lookup, however. 483 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = 484 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 485 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 486 487 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 488 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 489 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 490 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 491 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 492 493 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 494 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 495 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 496 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 497 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 498 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 499 } 500 501 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 502 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 503 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 504 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 505 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 506 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 507 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 508 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 509 LookupName(R, S, false); 510 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 511 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 512 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 513 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 514 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 515 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 516 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 517 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 518 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 519 } 520 } 521 522 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 523 } 524 525 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 526 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 527 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 528 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 529 /// @code 530 /// template<class T> class A { 531 /// public: 532 /// typedef int TYPE; 533 /// }; 534 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 535 /// public: 536 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 537 /// }; 538 /// @endcode 539 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 540 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 541 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 542 return true; 543 544 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 545 546 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 547 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 548 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 549 return true; 550 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 551 } 552 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 553 } 554 555 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 556 SourceLocation IILoc, 557 Scope *S, 558 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 559 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 560 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 561 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 562 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 563 564 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 565 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 566 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 567 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 568 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 569 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 570 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 571 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 572 // We corrected to a keyword. 573 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 574 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 575 } else { 576 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 577 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 578 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 579 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 580 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 581 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 582 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 583 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 584 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 585 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 586 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 587 } else { 588 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 589 } 590 591 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 592 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 593 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 594 SourceRange(IILoc)); 595 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 596 IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, 597 false, ParsedType(), 598 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 599 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 600 } 601 return; 602 } 603 604 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 605 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 606 UnqualifiedId Name; 607 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 608 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 609 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 610 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 611 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 612 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 613 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 614 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 615 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 616 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 617 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 618 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 619 } 620 return; 621 } 622 } 623 624 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 625 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 626 627 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 628 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 629 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 630 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 631 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 632 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 633 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 634 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 635 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 636 637 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 638 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 639 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 640 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 641 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 642 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 643 } else { 644 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 645 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 646 } 647 } 648 649 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 650 /// or 651 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 652 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 653 NextToken.is(tok::less); 654 655 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 656 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 657 return true; 658 659 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 660 return true; 661 } 662 663 return false; 664 } 665 666 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 667 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 668 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 669 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 670 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 671 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 672 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 673 StringRef FixItTagName; 674 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 675 case TTK_Class: 676 FixItTagName = "class "; 677 break; 678 679 case TTK_Enum: 680 FixItTagName = "enum "; 681 break; 682 683 case TTK_Struct: 684 FixItTagName = "struct "; 685 break; 686 687 case TTK_Interface: 688 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 689 break; 690 691 case TTK_Union: 692 FixItTagName = "union "; 693 break; 694 } 695 696 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 697 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 698 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 699 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 700 701 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 702 I != IEnd; ++I) 703 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 704 << Name << TagName; 705 706 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 707 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 708 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 709 return true; 710 } 711 712 return false; 713 } 714 715 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 716 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 717 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 718 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 719 720 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 721 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 722 723 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 724 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 725 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 726 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 727 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 728 } 729 730 Sema::NameClassification 731 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 732 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 733 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 734 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 735 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 736 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 737 738 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 739 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 740 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 741 } 742 743 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 744 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 745 746 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 747 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 748 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 749 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 750 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 751 return TypeInBase; 752 } 753 754 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 755 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 756 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 757 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 758 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 759 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 760 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 761 return E; 762 } 763 764 bool SecondTry = false; 765 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 766 767 Corrected: 768 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 769 case LookupResult::NotFound: 770 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 771 // call. 772 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 773 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 774 // FIXME: Reference? 775 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 776 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 777 778 // C90 6.3.2.2: 779 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 780 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 781 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 782 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 783 // the function call, the declaration 784 // 785 // extern int identifier (); 786 // 787 // appeared. 788 // 789 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 790 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 791 Result.addDecl(D); 792 Result.resolveKind(); 793 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 794 } 795 } 796 797 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 798 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 799 // "struct", or "union". 800 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 801 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 802 break; 803 } 804 805 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 806 // close to this name. 807 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 808 SecondTry = true; 809 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 810 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 811 &SS, std::move(CCC), 812 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 813 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 814 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 815 816 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 817 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 818 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr; 819 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 820 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 821 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 822 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 823 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 824 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 825 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 826 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 827 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 828 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 829 } 830 831 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 832 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 833 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 834 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 835 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 836 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 837 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 838 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 839 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 840 } 841 842 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 843 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 844 845 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 846 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 847 return Name; 848 849 // Also update the LookupResult... 850 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 851 Result.clear(); 852 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 853 if (FirstDecl) 854 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 855 856 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 857 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 858 // reference the ivar. 859 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 860 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 861 Result.clear(); 862 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 863 return E; 864 } 865 866 goto Corrected; 867 } 868 } 869 870 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 871 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 872 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 873 874 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 875 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 876 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 877 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 878 879 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 880 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 881 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 882 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 883 // qualified by the keyword typename. 884 // 885 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 886 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 887 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 888 // keyword here. 889 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 890 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 891 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 892 } 893 894 case LookupResult::Found: 895 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 896 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 897 break; 898 899 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 900 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 901 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 902 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 903 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 904 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 905 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 906 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 907 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 908 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 909 // ambiguous. 910 // 911 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 912 // so try again after filtering out template names. 913 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 914 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 915 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 916 break; 917 } 918 } 919 920 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 921 return NameClassification::Error(); 922 } 923 924 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 925 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 926 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 927 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 928 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 929 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 930 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 931 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 932 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 933 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 934 935 if (!Result.empty()) { 936 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 937 bool IsVarTemplate; 938 TemplateName Template; 939 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 940 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 941 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 942 Result.end()); 943 } else { 944 TemplateDecl *TD 945 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 946 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 947 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 948 949 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 950 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 951 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 952 TD); 953 else 954 Template = TemplateName(TD); 955 } 956 957 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 958 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 959 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 960 // to based on which function we selected. 961 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 962 963 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 964 } 965 966 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 967 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 968 } 969 } 970 971 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 972 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 973 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 974 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 975 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 976 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 977 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 978 return ParsedType::make(T); 979 } 980 981 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 982 if (!Class) { 983 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 984 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 985 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 986 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 987 } 988 989 if (Class) { 990 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 991 992 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 993 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 994 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 995 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 996 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 997 } 998 999 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1000 return ParsedType::make(T); 1001 } 1002 1003 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1004 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1005 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1006 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1007 1008 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1009 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1010 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1011 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1012 (NextIsOp && 1013 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1014 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1015 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1016 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1017 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1018 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1019 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1020 return ParsedType::make(T); 1021 } 1022 1023 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1024 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1025 nullptr, S); 1026 1027 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1028 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1029 } 1030 1031 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1032 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1033 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1034 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1035 1036 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1037 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1038 // the context we'll need to return to. 1039 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1040 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1041 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1042 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1043 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1044 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1045 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1046 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1047 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1048 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1049 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1050 1051 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1052 // lexical context. 1053 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1054 return DC; 1055 1056 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1057 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1058 // class is the context we need to return to. 1059 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1060 DC = RD; 1061 1062 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1063 // declared in. 1064 return DC; 1065 } 1066 1067 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1068 } 1069 1070 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1071 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1072 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1073 CurContext = DC; 1074 S->setEntity(DC); 1075 } 1076 1077 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1078 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1079 1080 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1081 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1082 } 1083 1084 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1085 Decl *D) { 1086 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1087 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1088 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1089 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1090 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1091 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1092 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1093 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1094 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1095 return Result; 1096 } 1097 1098 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1099 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1100 } 1101 1102 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1103 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1104 /// 1105 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1106 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1107 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1108 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1109 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1110 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1111 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1112 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1113 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1114 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1115 // namespace. 1116 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1117 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1118 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1119 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1120 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1121 1122 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1123 1124 #ifndef NDEBUG 1125 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1126 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1127 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1128 #endif 1129 1130 CurContext = DC; 1131 S->setEntity(DC); 1132 } 1133 1134 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1135 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1136 1137 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1138 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1139 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1140 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1141 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1142 1143 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1144 // disappear. 1145 } 1146 1147 1148 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1149 // We assume that the caller has already called 1150 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1151 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1152 if (!FD) 1153 return; 1154 1155 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1156 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1157 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1158 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1159 CurContext = FD; 1160 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1161 1162 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1163 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1164 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1165 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1166 S->AddDecl(Param); 1167 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1168 } 1169 } 1170 } 1171 1172 1173 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1174 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1175 // rather than the top-level class. 1176 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1177 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1178 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1179 } 1180 1181 1182 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1183 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1184 /// 1185 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1186 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1187 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1188 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1189 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1190 /// attribute. 1191 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1192 ASTContext &Context) { 1193 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1194 return true; 1195 1196 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1197 return true; 1198 1199 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1200 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1201 } 1202 1203 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1204 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1205 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1206 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1207 // scope. 1208 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1209 S = S->getParent(); 1210 1211 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1212 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1213 // into any context. 1214 if (AddToContext) 1215 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1216 1217 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1218 // are function-local declarations. 1219 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1220 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1221 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1222 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1223 return; 1224 1225 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1226 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1227 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1228 return; 1229 1230 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1231 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1232 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1233 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1234 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1235 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1236 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1237 1238 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1239 break; 1240 } 1241 } 1242 1243 S->AddDecl(D); 1244 1245 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1246 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1247 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1248 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1249 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1250 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1251 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1252 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1253 continue; 1254 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1255 break; 1256 } 1257 1258 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1259 } else { 1260 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1261 } 1262 } 1263 1264 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1265 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1266 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1267 } 1268 1269 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1270 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1271 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1272 } 1273 1274 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1275 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1276 do { 1277 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1278 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1279 return S; 1280 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1281 1282 return nullptr; 1283 } 1284 1285 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1286 DeclContext*, 1287 ASTContext&); 1288 1289 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1290 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1291 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1292 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1293 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1294 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1295 while (F.hasNext()) { 1296 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1297 1298 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1299 continue; 1300 1301 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1302 continue; 1303 1304 F.erase(); 1305 } 1306 1307 F.done(); 1308 } 1309 1310 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1311 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1312 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1313 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1314 } 1315 1316 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1317 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1318 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1319 while (F.hasNext()) 1320 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1321 F.erase(); 1322 1323 F.done(); 1324 } 1325 1326 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1327 /// @code 1328 /// class S { 1329 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1330 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1331 /// }; 1332 /// @endcode 1333 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1334 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1335 // the decl here. 1336 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1337 return false; 1338 1339 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1340 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1341 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1342 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1343 return false; 1344 } 1345 1346 // We need this to handle 1347 // 1348 // typedef struct { 1349 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1350 // } A; 1351 // 1352 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1353 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1354 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1355 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1356 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1357 // not. 1358 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1359 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1360 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1361 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1362 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1363 return true; 1364 } 1365 DC = DC->getParent(); 1366 } 1367 1368 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1369 } 1370 1371 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1372 // these semantics. 1373 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1374 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1375 return false; 1376 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1377 } 1378 1379 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1380 assert(D); 1381 1382 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1383 return false; 1384 1385 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1386 // of members of class templates. 1387 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1388 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1389 return false; 1390 1391 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1392 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1393 return false; 1394 1395 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1396 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1397 return false; 1398 } else { 1399 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1400 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1401 return false; 1402 } 1403 1404 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1405 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1406 return false; 1407 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1408 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1409 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1410 // like "inline".) 1411 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1412 return false; 1413 1414 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1415 return false; 1416 1417 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1418 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1419 return false; 1420 } else { 1421 return false; 1422 } 1423 1424 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1425 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1426 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1427 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1428 } 1429 1430 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1431 if (!D) 1432 return; 1433 1434 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1435 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1436 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1437 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1438 } 1439 1440 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1441 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1442 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1443 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1444 } 1445 1446 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1447 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1448 } 1449 1450 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1451 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1452 return false; 1453 1454 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1455 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1456 return false; 1457 1458 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1459 return true; 1460 1461 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1462 // functions. 1463 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1464 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1465 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1466 WithinFunction = 1467 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1468 if (!WithinFunction) 1469 return false; 1470 1471 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1472 return true; 1473 1474 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1475 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1476 return false; 1477 1478 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1479 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1480 1481 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1482 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1483 1484 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1485 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1486 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1487 return false; 1488 } 1489 1490 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1491 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1492 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1493 return false; 1494 1495 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1496 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1497 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1498 return false; 1499 1500 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1501 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1502 return false; 1503 1504 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1505 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1506 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1507 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1508 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1509 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1510 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1511 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1512 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1513 return false; 1514 } 1515 } 1516 } 1517 } 1518 1519 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1520 } 1521 1522 return true; 1523 } 1524 1525 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1526 FixItHint &Hint) { 1527 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1528 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1529 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1530 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1531 return; 1532 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1533 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1534 } 1535 return; 1536 } 1537 1538 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1539 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1540 return; 1541 1542 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1543 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1544 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1545 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1546 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1547 } 1548 } 1549 1550 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1551 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1552 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1553 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1554 return; 1555 1556 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1557 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1558 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1559 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1560 return; 1561 } 1562 1563 FixItHint Hint; 1564 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1565 1566 unsigned DiagID; 1567 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1568 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1569 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1570 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1571 else 1572 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1573 1574 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1575 } 1576 1577 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1578 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1579 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1580 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1581 // MS inline assembly label name. 1582 bool Diagnose = false; 1583 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1584 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1585 else 1586 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1587 if (Diagnose) 1588 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1589 } 1590 1591 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1592 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1593 1594 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1595 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1596 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1597 1598 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1599 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1600 1601 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1602 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1603 1604 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1605 1606 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1607 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1608 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1609 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1610 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1611 } 1612 1613 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1614 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1615 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1616 1617 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1618 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1619 } 1620 } 1621 1622 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1623 /// 1624 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1625 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1626 /// to the fixed name. 1627 /// 1628 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1629 /// 1630 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1631 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1632 /// 1633 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1634 /// class could not be found. 1635 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1636 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1637 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1638 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1639 // creation from this context. 1640 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1641 1642 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1643 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1644 // find an Objective-C class name. 1645 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1646 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1647 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1648 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1649 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1650 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1651 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1652 } 1653 } 1654 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1655 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1656 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1657 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1658 return Def; 1659 } 1660 1661 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1662 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1663 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1664 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1665 /// ill-formed in C++: 1666 /// @code 1667 /// struct S6 { 1668 /// enum { BAR } e; 1669 /// }; 1670 /// 1671 /// void test_S6() { 1672 /// struct S6 a; 1673 /// a.e = BAR; 1674 /// } 1675 /// @endcode 1676 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1677 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1678 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1679 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1680 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1681 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1682 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1683 /// contain non-field names. 1684 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1685 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1686 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1687 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1688 S = S->getParent(); 1689 return S; 1690 } 1691 1692 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1693 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1694 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1695 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1696 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1697 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1698 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1699 return; 1700 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1701 1702 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1703 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1704 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1705 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1706 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1707 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1708 } 1709 1710 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1711 switch (Error) { 1712 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1713 return ""; 1714 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1715 return "stdio.h"; 1716 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1717 return "setjmp.h"; 1718 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1719 return "ucontext.h"; 1720 } 1721 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1722 } 1723 1724 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1725 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1726 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1727 /// built-in. 1728 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1729 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1730 SourceLocation Loc) { 1731 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1732 1733 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1734 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1735 if (Error) { 1736 if (ForRedeclaration) 1737 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1738 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1739 return nullptr; 1740 } 1741 1742 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) { 1743 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1744 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1745 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1746 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1747 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1748 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1749 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1750 } 1751 1752 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1753 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1754 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1755 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1756 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1757 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1758 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1759 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1760 } 1761 1762 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1763 Parent, 1764 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1765 SC_Extern, 1766 false, 1767 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1768 New->setImplicit(); 1769 1770 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1771 // FunctionDecl. 1772 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1773 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1774 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1775 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1776 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1777 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1778 SC_None, nullptr); 1779 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1780 Params.push_back(parm); 1781 } 1782 New->setParams(Params); 1783 } 1784 1785 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1786 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1787 1788 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1789 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1790 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1791 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1792 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1793 CurContext = Parent; 1794 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1795 CurContext = SavedContext; 1796 return New; 1797 } 1798 1799 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1800 /// entity if their types are the same. 1801 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1802 /// isSameEntity. 1803 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1804 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1805 LookupResult &Previous) { 1806 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1807 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1808 return; 1809 1810 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1811 if (Previous.empty()) 1812 return; 1813 1814 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1815 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1816 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1817 1818 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1819 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1820 continue; 1821 1822 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1823 // different linkages. 1824 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1825 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1826 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1827 continue; 1828 1829 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1830 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1831 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 1832 OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 1833 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 1834 continue; 1835 } 1836 1837 Filter.erase(); 1838 } 1839 1840 Filter.done(); 1841 } 1842 1843 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1844 QualType OldType; 1845 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1846 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1847 else 1848 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1849 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1850 1851 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1852 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1853 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1854 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1855 << Kind << NewType; 1856 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1857 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1858 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1859 return true; 1860 } 1861 1862 if (OldType != NewType && 1863 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1864 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1865 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1866 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1867 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1868 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1869 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1870 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1871 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1872 return true; 1873 } 1874 return false; 1875 } 1876 1877 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1878 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1879 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1880 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1881 /// 1882 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 1883 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1884 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1885 // merging checks. 1886 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1887 1888 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1889 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1890 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1891 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1892 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1893 default: break; 1894 case 2: 1895 { 1896 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1897 break; 1898 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1899 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1900 break; 1901 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1902 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1903 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1904 break; 1905 } 1906 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1907 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1908 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1909 return; 1910 } 1911 case 5: 1912 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1913 break; 1914 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1915 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1916 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1917 return; 1918 case 3: 1919 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1920 break; 1921 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1922 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1923 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1924 return; 1925 } 1926 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1927 } 1928 1929 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1930 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1931 if (!Old) { 1932 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1933 << New->getDeclName(); 1934 1935 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1936 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1937 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1938 1939 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1940 } 1941 1942 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1943 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1944 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1945 1946 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1947 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 1948 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 1949 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 1950 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 1951 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 1952 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 1953 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 1954 // instead of our tag. 1955 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 1956 if (OldTD->isModed()) 1957 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 1958 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 1959 else 1960 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 1961 1962 // Make the old tag definition visible. 1963 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation()); 1964 1965 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 1966 // out of the scope. 1967 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 1968 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 1969 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 1970 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 1971 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 1972 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 1973 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 1974 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 1975 } 1976 } 1977 } 1978 } 1979 1980 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1981 // with any extensions enabled. 1982 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1983 return; 1984 1985 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1986 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1987 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1988 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1989 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1990 } 1991 1992 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1993 return; 1994 1995 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1996 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1997 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1998 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1999 // to the type to which it already refers. 2000 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2001 return; 2002 2003 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2004 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2005 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2006 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2007 // 2008 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2009 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2010 // 2011 // struct S { 2012 // typedef struct A { } A; 2013 // }; 2014 // 2015 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2016 // allow the above but disallow 2017 // 2018 // struct S { 2019 // typedef int I; 2020 // typedef int I; 2021 // }; 2022 // 2023 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2024 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2025 return; 2026 2027 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2028 << New->getDeclName(); 2029 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2030 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2031 } 2032 2033 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2034 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2035 return; 2036 2037 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2038 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2039 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2040 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2041 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2042 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2043 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2044 return; 2045 2046 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2047 << New->getDeclName(); 2048 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2049 } 2050 2051 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2052 /// attribute. 2053 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2054 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2055 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2056 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2057 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2058 if (Ann) { 2059 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2060 return true; 2061 continue; 2062 } 2063 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2064 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2065 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2066 return true; 2067 } 2068 2069 return false; 2070 } 2071 2072 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2073 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2074 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2075 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2076 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2077 return true; 2078 } 2079 2080 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2081 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2082 /// 2083 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2084 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2085 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2086 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2087 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2088 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2089 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2090 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2091 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2092 // in a case like: 2093 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2094 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2095 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2096 // definition in such a case. 2097 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2098 return false; 2099 2100 if (I->isAlignas()) 2101 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2102 2103 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2104 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2105 OldAlign = Align; 2106 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2107 } 2108 } 2109 2110 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2111 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2112 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2113 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2114 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2115 return false; 2116 2117 if (I->isAlignas()) 2118 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2119 2120 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2121 if (Align > NewAlign) 2122 NewAlign = Align; 2123 } 2124 2125 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2126 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2127 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2128 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2129 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2130 2131 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2132 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2133 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2134 QualType Ty; 2135 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2136 Ty = VD->getType(); 2137 else 2138 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2139 2140 if (OldAlign == 0) 2141 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2142 if (NewAlign == 0) 2143 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2144 } 2145 2146 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2147 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2148 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2149 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2150 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2151 } 2152 } 2153 2154 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2155 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2156 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2157 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2158 // equivalent alignment. 2159 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2160 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2161 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2162 // have no alignment specifier. 2163 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2164 << OldAlignasAttr; 2165 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2166 << OldAlignasAttr; 2167 } 2168 2169 bool AnyAdded = false; 2170 2171 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2172 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2173 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2174 Clone->setInherited(true); 2175 New->addAttr(Clone); 2176 AnyAdded = true; 2177 } 2178 2179 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2180 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2181 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2182 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2183 Clone->setInherited(true); 2184 New->addAttr(Clone); 2185 AnyAdded = true; 2186 } 2187 2188 return AnyAdded; 2189 } 2190 2191 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2192 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2193 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2194 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2195 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2196 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2197 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2198 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 2199 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2200 AA->getMessage(), AMK, 2201 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2202 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2203 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2204 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2205 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2206 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2207 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2208 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2209 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2210 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2211 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2212 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2213 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2214 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2215 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2216 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2217 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2218 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2219 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2220 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2221 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2222 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2223 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2224 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2225 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2226 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2227 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2228 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2229 else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2230 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2231 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2232 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2233 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2234 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr( 2235 D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(), 2236 &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()), 2237 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2238 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2239 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(), 2240 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()), 2241 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2242 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2243 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2244 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2245 NewAttr = nullptr; 2246 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2247 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2248 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2249 NewAttr = nullptr; 2250 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2251 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2252 2253 if (NewAttr) { 2254 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2255 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2256 return true; 2257 } 2258 2259 return false; 2260 } 2261 2262 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2263 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2264 return TD->getDefinition(); 2265 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2266 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2267 if (Def) 2268 return Def; 2269 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2270 } 2271 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2272 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2273 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2274 return Def; 2275 } 2276 return nullptr; 2277 } 2278 2279 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2280 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2281 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2282 return true; 2283 return false; 2284 } 2285 2286 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2287 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2288 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2289 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2290 return; 2291 2292 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2293 if (!Def || Def == New) 2294 return; 2295 2296 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2297 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2298 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2299 2300 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2301 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2302 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2303 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2304 2305 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2306 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2307 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2308 --E; 2309 continue; 2310 } 2311 } else { 2312 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2313 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2314 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2315 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2316 : diag::err_redefinition; 2317 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2318 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2319 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2320 } 2321 ++I; 2322 continue; 2323 } 2324 2325 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2326 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2327 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2328 ++I; 2329 continue; 2330 } 2331 } 2332 2333 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2334 ++I; 2335 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2336 } 2337 2338 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2339 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2340 ++I; 2341 continue; 2342 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2343 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2344 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2345 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2346 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2347 // equivalent alignment. 2348 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2349 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2350 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2351 // have no alignment specifier. 2352 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2353 << AA; 2354 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2355 << AA; 2356 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2357 --E; 2358 continue; 2359 } 2360 } 2361 2362 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2363 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2364 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2365 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2366 --E; 2367 } 2368 } 2369 2370 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2371 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2372 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2373 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2374 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2375 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2376 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2377 } 2378 2379 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2380 return; 2381 2382 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2383 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2384 2385 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2386 return; 2387 2388 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2389 2390 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2391 // we process them. 2392 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2393 2394 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2395 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2396 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2397 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2398 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2399 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2400 switch (AMK) { 2401 case AMK_None: 2402 continue; 2403 2404 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2405 case AMK_Override: 2406 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2407 LocalAMK = AMK; 2408 break; 2409 } 2410 } 2411 2412 // Already handled. 2413 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2414 continue; 2415 2416 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2417 foundAny = true; 2418 } 2419 2420 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2421 foundAny = true; 2422 2423 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2424 } 2425 2426 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2427 /// to the new one. 2428 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2429 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2430 Sema &S) { 2431 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2432 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2433 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2434 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2435 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2436 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2437 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2438 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2439 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2440 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2441 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2442 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2443 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2444 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2445 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2446 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2447 } 2448 2449 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2450 return; 2451 2452 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2453 2454 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2455 // done before we process them. 2456 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2457 2458 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2459 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2460 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2461 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2462 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2463 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2464 foundAny = true; 2465 } 2466 } 2467 2468 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2469 } 2470 2471 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2472 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2473 Sema &S) { 2474 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2475 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2476 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2477 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2478 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2479 *Newnullability, 2480 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2481 != 0)) 2482 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2483 *Oldnullability, 2484 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2485 != 0)); 2486 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2487 } 2488 } else { 2489 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2490 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2491 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2492 NewT, NewT); 2493 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2494 } 2495 } 2496 } 2497 2498 namespace { 2499 2500 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2501 /// C. 2502 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2503 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2504 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2505 QualType PromotedType; 2506 }; 2507 2508 } 2509 2510 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2511 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2512 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2513 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2514 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2515 2516 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2517 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2518 2519 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2520 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2521 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2522 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2523 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2524 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2525 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2526 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2527 } 2528 2529 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2530 } 2531 2532 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2533 // declaration, or a declaration. 2534 template <typename T> 2535 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2536 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2537 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2538 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2539 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2540 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2541 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2542 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2543 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2544 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2545 } else 2546 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2547 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2548 } 2549 2550 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2551 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2552 /// GNU89 mode. 2553 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2554 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2555 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2556 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2557 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2558 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2559 } 2560 2561 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2562 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2563 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2564 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2565 return AT; 2566 } 2567 2568 template <typename T> 2569 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2570 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2571 if (DC->isRecord()) 2572 return false; 2573 2574 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2575 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2576 return true; 2577 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2578 return true; 2579 return false; 2580 } 2581 2582 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2583 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2584 2585 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2586 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2587 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2588 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2589 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2590 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2591 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2592 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2593 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2594 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2595 // and function templates; or 2596 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2597 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2598 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2599 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2600 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2601 2602 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2603 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2604 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2605 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2606 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2607 2608 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2609 if (Old && 2610 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2611 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2612 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2613 Old = nullptr; 2614 2615 if (!Old) { 2616 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2617 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2618 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2619 return true; 2620 } 2621 return false; 2622 } 2623 2624 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2625 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2626 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2627 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2628 /// 2629 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2630 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2631 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2632 /// merged with. 2633 /// 2634 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2635 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2636 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2637 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2638 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2639 if (!Old) { 2640 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2641 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2642 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2643 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2644 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2645 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2646 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2647 return true; 2648 } 2649 2650 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2651 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2652 return true; 2653 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2654 } else { 2655 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2656 << New->getDeclName(); 2657 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2658 return true; 2659 } 2660 } 2661 2662 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2663 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2664 return true; 2665 2666 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2667 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2668 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2669 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2670 2671 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2672 // is an extern inline function. 2673 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2674 // storage classes. 2675 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2676 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2677 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2678 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2679 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2680 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2681 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2682 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2683 } else { 2684 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2685 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2686 return true; 2687 } 2688 } 2689 2690 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 2691 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 2692 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 2693 << New->getDeclName(); 2694 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2695 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 2696 } 2697 2698 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2699 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2700 // convention of the first. 2701 // 2702 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2703 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2704 // 2705 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2706 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2707 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2708 // 2709 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2710 // other tests to run. 2711 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2712 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2713 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2714 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2715 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2716 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2717 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2718 2719 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2720 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2721 const FunctionType *FT = 2722 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2723 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2724 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2725 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2726 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2727 // there but not here. 2728 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2729 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2730 } else { 2731 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2732 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2733 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2734 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2735 << !FirstCCExplicit 2736 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2737 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2738 2739 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2740 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2741 return true; 2742 } 2743 } 2744 2745 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2746 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2747 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2748 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2749 } 2750 2751 // Merge regparm attribute. 2752 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2753 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2754 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2755 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2756 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2757 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2758 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2759 return true; 2760 } 2761 2762 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2763 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2764 } 2765 2766 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2767 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2768 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2769 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2770 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2771 return true; 2772 } 2773 2774 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2775 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2776 } 2777 2778 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2779 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2780 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2781 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2782 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2783 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2784 } 2785 2786 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2787 // UndefinedButUsed. 2788 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2789 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2790 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 2791 Old->isUsed(false) && 2792 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2793 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2794 SourceLocation())); 2795 2796 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2797 // about it. 2798 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2799 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2800 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2801 } 2802 2803 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2804 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2805 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2806 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2807 // cannot be overloaded. 2808 2809 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2810 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2811 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2812 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2813 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2814 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2815 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2816 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2817 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2818 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2819 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2820 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2821 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2822 QualType ResQT; 2823 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2824 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2825 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2826 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2827 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2828 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2829 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2830 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2831 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2832 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2833 else 2834 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2835 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2836 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2837 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2838 return true; 2839 } 2840 else 2841 NewQType = ResQT; 2842 } 2843 2844 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2845 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2846 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2847 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2848 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2849 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2850 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2851 New->setType( 2852 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2853 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2854 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2855 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2856 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2857 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2858 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2859 } 2860 } 2861 2862 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2863 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2864 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2865 // Preserve triviality. 2866 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2867 2868 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2869 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2870 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2871 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2872 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2873 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2874 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2875 2876 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2877 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2878 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2879 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2880 // is a static member function declaration. 2881 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2882 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2883 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2884 return true; 2885 } 2886 2887 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2888 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2889 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2890 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2891 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2892 unsigned NewDiag; 2893 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2894 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2895 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2896 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2897 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2898 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2899 else 2900 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2901 2902 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2903 } else { 2904 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2905 << New << New->getType(); 2906 } 2907 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2908 return true; 2909 2910 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2911 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2912 // 2913 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2914 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2915 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2916 if (isFriend) { 2917 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2918 } else { 2919 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2920 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2921 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2922 return true; 2923 } 2924 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2925 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2926 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2927 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2928 return true; 2929 } 2930 } 2931 2932 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2933 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2934 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2935 // attribute. 2936 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 2937 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2938 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2939 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2940 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2941 } 2942 2943 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2944 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2945 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2946 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2947 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2948 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2949 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2950 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2951 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2952 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2953 } 2954 2955 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2956 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2957 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2958 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2959 2960 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2961 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2962 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2963 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2964 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2965 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2966 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2967 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2968 } 2969 2970 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2971 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 2972 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 2973 // 2974 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 2975 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 2976 // linkage within class scope. 2977 // 2978 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 2979 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 2980 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 2981 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2982 } else { 2983 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2984 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2985 return true; 2986 } 2987 } 2988 2989 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2990 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2991 2992 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2993 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 2994 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 2995 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 2996 // when we instantiate the function. 2997 return false; 2998 } 2999 3000 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3001 } 3002 3003 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3004 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3005 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3006 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3007 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3008 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3009 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3010 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3011 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3012 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3013 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3014 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3015 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3016 NewQType = 3017 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3018 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3019 New->setType(NewQType); 3020 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3021 3022 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3023 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3024 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3025 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3026 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3027 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3028 SC_None, nullptr); 3029 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3030 Param->setImplicit(); 3031 Params.push_back(Param); 3032 } 3033 3034 New->setParams(Params); 3035 } 3036 3037 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3038 } 3039 3040 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3041 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3042 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3043 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3044 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3045 // the prototype. 3046 // 3047 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3048 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3049 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3050 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3051 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3052 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3053 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3054 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3055 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3056 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3057 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3058 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3059 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3060 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3061 3062 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3063 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3064 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3065 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3066 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3067 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3068 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3069 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3070 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3071 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3072 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3073 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3074 NewParm->getType(), 3075 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3076 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3077 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3078 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3079 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3080 } else 3081 LooseCompatible = false; 3082 } 3083 3084 if (LooseCompatible) { 3085 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3086 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3087 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3088 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3089 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3090 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3091 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3092 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3093 } 3094 3095 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3096 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3097 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3098 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3099 } 3100 3101 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3102 } 3103 3104 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3105 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3106 3107 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3108 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3109 unsigned BuiltinID; 3110 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3111 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3112 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3113 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3114 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3115 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3116 << Old << Old->getType(); 3117 3118 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3119 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3120 // 3121 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3122 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3123 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3124 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3125 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3126 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3127 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3128 3129 return false; 3130 } 3131 3132 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3133 } 3134 3135 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3136 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3137 return true; 3138 } 3139 3140 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3141 /// known to be compatible. 3142 /// 3143 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3144 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3145 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3146 /// redeclaration of Old. 3147 /// 3148 /// \returns false 3149 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3150 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3151 // Merge the attributes 3152 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3153 3154 // Merge "pure" flag. 3155 if (Old->isPure()) 3156 New->setPure(); 3157 3158 // Merge "used" flag. 3159 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3160 New->setIsUsed(); 3161 3162 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3163 // declarations. 3164 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3165 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3166 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3167 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3168 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3169 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3170 } 3171 3172 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3173 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3174 3175 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3176 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3177 // was visible. 3178 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3179 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3180 New->setType(Merged); 3181 3182 return false; 3183 } 3184 3185 3186 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3187 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3188 3189 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3190 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3191 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3192 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3193 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3194 : AMK_Override; 3195 3196 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3197 3198 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3199 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3200 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3201 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3202 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3203 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3204 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3205 3206 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3207 } 3208 3209 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3210 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3211 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3212 /// 3213 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3214 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3215 /// is attached. 3216 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3217 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3218 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3219 return; 3220 3221 QualType MergedT; 3222 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3223 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3224 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3225 return; 3226 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3227 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3228 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3229 } 3230 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3231 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3232 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3233 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3234 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3235 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 3236 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3237 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3238 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3239 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3240 NewArray->getElementType())) 3241 MergedT = New->getType(); 3242 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 3243 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3244 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3245 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3246 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3247 NewArray->getElementType())) 3248 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3249 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3250 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3251 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3252 Old->getType()); 3253 } 3254 } else { 3255 // C 6.2.7p2: 3256 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3257 // compatible type. 3258 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3259 } 3260 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3261 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3262 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3263 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3264 // equivalent. 3265 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3266 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3267 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3268 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3269 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3270 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3271 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3272 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3273 return; 3274 } 3275 3276 // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration 3277 // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance: 3278 // 3279 // extern int arr[]; 3280 // void f() { extern int arr[2]; } 3281 // void g() { extern int arr[3]; } 3282 // 3283 // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try 3284 // to diagnose it. 3285 Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3286 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3287 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3288 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3289 3290 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3291 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3292 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3293 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3294 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3295 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3296 } 3297 3298 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3299 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3300 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3301 New->setType(MergedT); 3302 } 3303 3304 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3305 LookupResult &Previous) { 3306 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3307 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3308 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3309 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3310 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3311 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3312 // 3313 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3314 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3315 return false; 3316 3317 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3318 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3319 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3320 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3321 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3322 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3323 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3324 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3325 } else { 3326 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3327 // type unless we're in the same function. 3328 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3329 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3330 } 3331 } 3332 3333 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3334 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3335 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3336 /// 3337 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3338 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3339 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3340 /// 3341 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3342 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3343 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3344 return; 3345 3346 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 3347 return; 3348 3349 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3350 3351 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3352 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3353 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3354 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3355 if (NewTemplate) { 3356 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3357 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3358 3359 if (auto *Shadow = 3360 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3361 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3362 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3363 } else { 3364 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3365 3366 if (auto *Shadow = 3367 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3368 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3369 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3370 } 3371 } 3372 if (!Old) { 3373 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3374 << New->getDeclName(); 3375 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3376 diag::note_previous_definition); 3377 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3378 } 3379 3380 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3381 if (NewTemplate && 3382 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3383 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3384 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3385 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3386 3387 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3388 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3389 // 3390 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3391 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3392 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3393 << New->getIdentifier(); 3394 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3395 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3396 } 3397 3398 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3399 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3400 // declaration 3401 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3402 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3403 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3404 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3405 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3406 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3407 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3408 } 3409 3410 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3411 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3412 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3413 << New->getDeclName(); 3414 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3415 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3416 } 3417 3418 // Merge the types. 3419 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3420 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3421 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3422 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3423 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3424 return; 3425 } 3426 3427 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3428 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3429 return; 3430 3431 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3432 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3433 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3434 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3435 3436 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3437 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3438 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3439 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3440 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3441 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3442 << New->getDeclName(); 3443 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3444 } else { 3445 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3446 << New->getDeclName(); 3447 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3448 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3449 } 3450 } 3451 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3452 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3453 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3454 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3455 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3456 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3457 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3458 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3459 // identifier has external linkage. 3460 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3461 /* Okay */; 3462 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3463 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3464 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3465 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3466 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3467 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3468 } 3469 3470 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3471 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3472 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3473 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3474 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3475 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3476 } 3477 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3478 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3479 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3480 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3481 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3482 } 3483 3484 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3485 3486 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3487 // need to check for mismatches. 3488 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3489 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3490 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3491 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3492 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3493 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3494 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3495 } 3496 3497 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3498 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3499 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3500 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3501 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3502 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3503 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3504 } else { 3505 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3506 // static and dynamic initialization. 3507 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3508 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3509 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3510 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3511 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3512 } 3513 } 3514 3515 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3516 VarDecl *Def; 3517 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3518 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3519 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3520 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 3521 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 3522 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3523 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3524 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3525 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3526 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3527 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 3528 } else { 3529 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3530 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3531 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3532 return; 3533 } 3534 } 3535 3536 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3537 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3538 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3539 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3540 return; 3541 } 3542 3543 // Merge "used" flag. 3544 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3545 New->setIsUsed(); 3546 3547 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3548 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3549 if (NewTemplate) 3550 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3551 3552 // Inherit access appropriately. 3553 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3554 if (NewTemplate) 3555 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3556 } 3557 3558 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3559 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3560 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3561 DeclSpec &DS) { 3562 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3563 } 3564 3565 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3566 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3567 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3568 // compatibility. 3569 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3570 // targeted. 3571 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3572 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3573 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3574 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3575 } 3576 3577 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3578 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3579 return; 3580 3581 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3582 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3583 // it is anonymous. 3584 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3585 return; 3586 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3587 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3588 Context.setManglingNumber( 3589 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3590 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3591 return; 3592 } 3593 3594 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3595 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3596 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3597 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3598 Context.setManglingNumber( 3599 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3600 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3601 } 3602 } 3603 3604 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3605 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3606 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 3607 return; 3608 3609 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 3610 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 3611 return; 3612 3613 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3614 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3615 3616 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3617 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3618 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 3619 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3620 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 3621 return; 3622 } 3623 3624 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 3625 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 3626 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 3627 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 3628 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 3629 // for how to handle it. 3630 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 3631 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 3632 3633 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 3634 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 3635 3636 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 3637 textToInsert += ' '; 3638 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 3639 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 3640 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 3641 return; 3642 } 3643 3644 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 3645 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 3646 } 3647 3648 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 3649 switch (T) { 3650 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 3651 return 0; 3652 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 3653 return 1; 3654 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 3655 return 2; 3656 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 3657 return 3; 3658 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 3659 return 4; 3660 default: 3661 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 3662 } 3663 } 3664 3665 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3666 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3667 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3668 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3669 DeclSpec &DS, 3670 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3671 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3672 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3673 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3674 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3675 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3676 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3677 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3678 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3679 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3680 3681 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3682 return nullptr; 3683 3684 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3685 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3686 // it's a Type. 3687 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3688 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3689 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3690 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3691 } 3692 3693 if (Tag) { 3694 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 3695 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3696 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3697 return Tag; 3698 } 3699 3700 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3701 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3702 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3703 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3704 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3705 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3706 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3707 } 3708 3709 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3710 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3711 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3712 if (Tag) 3713 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3714 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 3715 else 3716 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3717 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3718 return TagD; 3719 } 3720 3721 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) { 3722 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to 3723 // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and 3724 // its initializer. 3725 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 3726 return TagD; 3727 } 3728 3729 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3730 3731 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3732 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3733 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3734 if (TagD && !Tag) 3735 return nullptr; 3736 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3737 } 3738 3739 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3740 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3741 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3742 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3743 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3744 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3745 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3746 // or an explicit specialization. 3747 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3748 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3749 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 3750 return nullptr; 3751 } 3752 3753 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3754 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3755 3756 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3757 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3758 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3759 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3760 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3761 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3762 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 3763 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3764 3765 DeclaresAnything = false; 3766 } 3767 } 3768 3769 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3770 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3771 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3772 // 3773 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3774 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3775 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3776 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3777 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3778 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3779 // struct STRUCT; 3780 // union UNION; 3781 // and 3782 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3783 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3784 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3785 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3786 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3787 if (Tag) 3788 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3789 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3790 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3791 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3792 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3793 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3794 3795 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3796 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3797 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3798 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3799 } 3800 3801 DeclaresAnything = false; 3802 } 3803 } 3804 3805 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3806 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3807 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3808 return TagD; 3809 3810 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3811 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3812 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3813 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3814 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3815 DeclaresAnything = false; 3816 3817 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3818 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3819 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3820 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3821 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3822 else 3823 DeclaresAnything = false; 3824 } 3825 3826 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3827 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3828 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3829 << Tag->getTagKind() 3830 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3831 3832 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3833 3834 // C 6.7/2: 3835 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3836 // or the members of an enumeration. 3837 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3838 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3839 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3840 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3841 // previous declaration. 3842 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3843 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3844 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3845 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3846 return TagD; 3847 } 3848 3849 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3850 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3851 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3852 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3853 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3854 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3855 // 3856 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3857 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3858 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3859 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3860 3861 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3862 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3863 // useless. 3864 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 3865 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 3866 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 3867 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 3868 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3869 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3870 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3871 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3872 } 3873 3874 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3875 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3876 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3877 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3878 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3879 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3880 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3881 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3882 // Restrict is covered above. 3883 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3884 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3885 } 3886 3887 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3888 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3889 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3890 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3891 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3892 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3893 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3894 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3895 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3896 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3897 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 3898 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 3899 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3900 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 3901 } 3902 } 3903 3904 return TagD; 3905 } 3906 3907 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3908 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3909 /// 3910 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3911 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3912 Scope *S, 3913 DeclContext *Owner, 3914 DeclarationName Name, 3915 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3916 bool IsUnion) { 3917 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3918 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3919 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3920 3921 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3922 return false; 3923 3924 // Pick a representative declaration. 3925 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3926 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3927 3928 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3929 return false; 3930 3931 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 3932 << IsUnion << Name; 3933 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3934 3935 return true; 3936 } 3937 3938 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3939 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3940 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3941 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3942 /// struct, e.g., 3943 /// 3944 /// @code 3945 /// union { 3946 /// int i; 3947 /// float f; 3948 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3949 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3950 /// @endcode 3951 /// 3952 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3953 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3954 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3955 DeclContext *Owner, 3956 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3957 AccessSpecifier AS, 3958 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining, 3959 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3960 bool Invalid = false; 3961 3962 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3963 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 3964 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 3965 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 3966 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 3967 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3968 VD->getLocation(), 3969 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 3970 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3971 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3972 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3973 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3974 Invalid = true; 3975 } else { 3976 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3977 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3978 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3979 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3980 // anonymous union is declared. 3981 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3982 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3983 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 3984 else 3985 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3986 3987 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3988 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3989 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3990 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3991 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3992 3993 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 3994 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 3995 VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3996 3997 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 3998 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 3999 4000 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4001 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4002 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4003 4004 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4005 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4006 4007 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4008 } 4009 } 4010 } 4011 4012 return Invalid; 4013 } 4014 4015 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4016 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4017 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4018 static StorageClass 4019 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4020 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4021 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4022 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4023 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4024 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4025 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4026 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4027 return SC_None; 4028 return SC_Extern; 4029 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4030 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4031 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4032 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4033 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4034 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4035 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4036 } 4037 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4038 } 4039 4040 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4041 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4042 4043 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4044 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4045 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4046 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4047 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4048 return FD->getLocation(); 4049 } 4050 4051 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4052 } 4053 4054 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4055 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4056 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4057 return; 4058 4059 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4060 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4061 } 4062 4063 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4064 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4065 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4066 return; 4067 4068 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4069 } 4070 4071 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4072 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4073 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4074 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4075 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4076 AccessSpecifier AS, 4077 RecordDecl *Record, 4078 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4079 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4080 4081 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4082 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4083 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4084 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4085 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4086 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4087 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4088 4089 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4090 // structs/unions. 4091 bool Invalid = false; 4092 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4093 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4094 unsigned DiagID; 4095 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4096 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4097 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4098 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4099 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4100 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4101 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4102 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4103 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4104 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4105 4106 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4107 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4108 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4109 } 4110 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4111 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4112 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4113 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4114 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4115 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4116 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4117 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4118 4119 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4120 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4121 SourceLocation(), 4122 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4123 } 4124 } 4125 4126 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4127 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4128 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4129 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4130 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4131 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4132 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4133 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4134 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4135 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4136 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4137 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4138 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4139 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4140 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4141 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4142 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4143 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4144 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4145 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4146 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4147 4148 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4149 } 4150 4151 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4152 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4153 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4154 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4155 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4156 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4157 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4158 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4159 // members (clause 11). 4160 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4161 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4162 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4163 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4164 Invalid = true; 4165 } 4166 4167 // C++ [class.union]p1 4168 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4169 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4170 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4171 // array of such objects. 4172 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4173 Invalid = true; 4174 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4175 // Any implicit members are fine. 4176 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4177 // This is a type that showed up in an 4178 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4179 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4180 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4181 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4182 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4183 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4184 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4185 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4186 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4187 << Record->isUnion(); 4188 else { 4189 // This is a nested type declaration. 4190 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4191 << Record->isUnion(); 4192 Invalid = true; 4193 } 4194 } else { 4195 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4196 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4197 // not part of standard C++. 4198 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4199 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4200 << Record->isUnion(); 4201 } 4202 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4203 // Any access specifier is fine. 4204 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4205 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4206 } else { 4207 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4208 // member. Complain about it. 4209 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4210 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4211 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4212 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4213 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4214 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4215 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4216 4217 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4218 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4219 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4220 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4221 << Record->isUnion(); 4222 else { 4223 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 4224 Invalid = true; 4225 } 4226 } 4227 } 4228 4229 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4230 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4231 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4232 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4233 Owner->isRecord()) 4234 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4235 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4236 } 4237 4238 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4239 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4240 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4241 Invalid = true; 4242 } 4243 4244 // Mock up a declarator. 4245 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4246 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4247 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4248 4249 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4250 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4251 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4252 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4253 DS.getLocStart(), 4254 Record->getLocation(), 4255 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4256 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4257 TInfo, 4258 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4259 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4260 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4261 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4262 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4263 } else { 4264 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4265 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4266 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4267 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4268 // an error here 4269 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4270 Invalid = true; 4271 SC = SC_None; 4272 } 4273 4274 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4275 DS.getLocStart(), 4276 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4277 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4278 TInfo, SC); 4279 4280 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4281 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4282 // initializer: 4283 // union { int n = 0; }; 4284 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4285 } 4286 Anon->setImplicit(); 4287 4288 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4289 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4290 4291 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4292 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4293 // its members. 4294 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4295 4296 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4297 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4298 // purposes. 4299 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4300 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4301 4302 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 4303 Chain, false)) 4304 Invalid = true; 4305 4306 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4307 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4308 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4309 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4310 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4311 Context.setManglingNumber( 4312 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4313 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4314 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4315 } 4316 } 4317 } 4318 4319 if (Invalid) 4320 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4321 4322 return Anon; 4323 } 4324 4325 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4326 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4327 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4328 /// Example: 4329 /// 4330 /// struct A { int a; }; 4331 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4332 /// 4333 /// void foo() { 4334 /// B var; 4335 /// var.a = 3; 4336 /// } 4337 /// 4338 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4339 RecordDecl *Record) { 4340 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4341 4342 // Mock up a declarator. 4343 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4344 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4345 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4346 4347 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4348 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4349 4350 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4351 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4352 ParentDecl, 4353 DS.getLocStart(), 4354 DS.getLocStart(), 4355 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4356 RecTy, 4357 TInfo, 4358 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4359 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4360 Anon->setImplicit(); 4361 4362 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4363 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4364 4365 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4366 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4367 // purposes. 4368 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4369 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4370 4371 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4372 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4373 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4374 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4375 AS_none, Chain, true)) { 4376 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4377 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4378 } 4379 4380 return Anon; 4381 } 4382 4383 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4384 /// given Declarator. 4385 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4386 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4387 } 4388 4389 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4390 DeclarationNameInfo 4391 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4392 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4393 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4394 4395 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4396 4397 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4398 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4399 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4400 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4401 return NameInfo; 4402 4403 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4404 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4405 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4406 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4407 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4408 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4409 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4410 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4411 return NameInfo; 4412 4413 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4414 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4415 Name.Identifier)); 4416 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4417 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4418 return NameInfo; 4419 4420 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4421 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4422 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4423 if (Ty.isNull()) 4424 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4425 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4426 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4427 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4428 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4429 return NameInfo; 4430 } 4431 4432 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4433 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4434 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4435 if (Ty.isNull()) 4436 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4437 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4438 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4439 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4440 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4441 return NameInfo; 4442 } 4443 4444 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4445 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4446 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4447 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4448 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4449 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4450 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4451 4452 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4453 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4454 4455 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4456 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4457 // was qualified. 4458 4459 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4460 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4461 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4462 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4463 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4464 return NameInfo; 4465 } 4466 4467 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4468 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4469 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4470 if (Ty.isNull()) 4471 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4472 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4473 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4474 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4475 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4476 return NameInfo; 4477 } 4478 4479 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4480 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4481 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4482 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4483 } 4484 4485 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4486 4487 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4488 } 4489 4490 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4491 do { 4492 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4493 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4494 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4495 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4496 else 4497 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4498 } while (true); 4499 } 4500 4501 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4502 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4503 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4504 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4505 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4506 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4507 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4508 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4509 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4510 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4511 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4512 Params.clear(); 4513 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4514 return false; 4515 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4516 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4517 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4518 4519 // The parameter types are identical 4520 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4521 continue; 4522 4523 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4524 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4525 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4526 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4527 4528 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4529 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4530 Params.push_back(Idx); 4531 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4532 return false; 4533 } 4534 4535 return true; 4536 } 4537 4538 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4539 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4540 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4541 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4542 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4543 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4544 DeclarationName Name) { 4545 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4546 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4547 // - types which will become injected class names 4548 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4549 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4550 // few cases here. 4551 4552 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4553 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4554 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4555 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4556 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4557 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4558 // Grab the type from the parser. 4559 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4560 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4561 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4562 4563 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4564 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4565 // attached already. 4566 if (!TSI) 4567 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4568 4569 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4570 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4571 if (!TSI) return true; 4572 4573 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4574 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4575 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4576 break; 4577 } 4578 4579 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4580 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4581 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4582 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4583 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4584 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4585 break; 4586 } 4587 4588 default: 4589 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4590 break; 4591 } 4592 4593 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4594 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4595 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4596 4597 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4598 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4599 // pointer. 4600 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4601 continue; 4602 4603 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4604 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4605 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4606 return true; 4607 } 4608 4609 return false; 4610 } 4611 4612 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4613 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4614 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4615 4616 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4617 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4618 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4619 4620 return Dcl; 4621 } 4622 4623 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4624 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4625 /// name different from T: 4626 /// - every static data member of class T; 4627 /// - every member function of class T 4628 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4629 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4630 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4631 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4632 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4633 4634 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 4635 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4636 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4637 return true; 4638 } 4639 4640 return false; 4641 } 4642 4643 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4644 /// nested-name-specifier. 4645 /// 4646 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4647 /// 4648 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4649 /// resolves. 4650 /// 4651 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4652 /// 4653 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4654 /// 4655 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4656 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4657 DeclarationName Name, 4658 SourceLocation Loc) { 4659 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4660 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4661 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4662 4663 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4664 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4665 // 4666 // class X { 4667 // void X::f(); 4668 // }; 4669 // 4670 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4671 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4672 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4673 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4674 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4675 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4676 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4677 SS.clear(); 4678 } else { 4679 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4680 } 4681 return false; 4682 } 4683 4684 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4685 // declaration. 4686 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4687 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4688 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4689 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4690 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4691 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4692 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4693 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4694 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4695 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4696 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4697 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4698 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4699 else 4700 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4701 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4702 4703 return true; 4704 } 4705 4706 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4707 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4708 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4709 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4710 SS.clear(); 4711 4712 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4713 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4714 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4715 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4716 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4717 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4718 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4719 return true; 4720 4721 return false; 4722 } 4723 4724 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4725 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4726 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4727 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4728 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4729 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4730 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4731 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4732 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4733 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4734 4735 return false; 4736 } 4737 4738 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4739 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4740 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4741 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4742 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4743 4744 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4745 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4746 if (!Name) { 4747 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4748 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4749 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4750 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4751 return nullptr; 4752 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4753 return nullptr; 4754 4755 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4756 // we find one that is. 4757 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4758 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4759 S = S->getParent(); 4760 4761 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4762 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4763 D.setInvalidType(); 4764 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4765 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4766 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4767 return nullptr; 4768 4769 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4770 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4771 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4772 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4773 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4774 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4775 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4776 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4777 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4778 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4779 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4780 return nullptr; 4781 } 4782 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4783 4784 if (!IsDependentContext && 4785 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4786 return nullptr; 4787 4788 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 4789 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4790 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4791 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4792 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4793 return nullptr; 4794 } 4795 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4796 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4797 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4798 if (DC->isRecord()) 4799 return nullptr; 4800 4801 D.setInvalidType(); 4802 } 4803 } 4804 4805 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4806 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4807 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4808 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4809 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4810 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4811 D.setInvalidType(); 4812 } 4813 } 4814 4815 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4816 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4817 4818 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4819 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4820 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 4821 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 4822 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4823 return nullptr; 4824 4825 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4826 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4827 D.setInvalidType(); 4828 4829 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4830 ForRedeclaration); 4831 4832 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4833 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4834 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4835 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4836 4837 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4838 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4839 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4840 // 4841 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4842 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4843 // the same name. 4844 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4845 /* Do nothing*/; 4846 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4847 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4848 R->isFunctionType())) { 4849 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4850 CreateBuiltins = 4851 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4852 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4853 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4854 CreateBuiltins = true; 4855 4856 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4857 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4858 4859 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4860 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4861 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4862 4863 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4864 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4865 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4866 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4867 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4868 // thereof; [...] 4869 // 4870 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4871 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4872 // we want to match. For example, given: 4873 // 4874 // class X { 4875 // void f(); 4876 // void f(float); 4877 // }; 4878 // 4879 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4880 // 4881 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4882 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4883 // matches. 4884 4885 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4886 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4887 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4888 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4889 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4890 } 4891 4892 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4893 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4894 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4895 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4896 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4897 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4898 4899 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4900 Previous.clear(); 4901 } 4902 4903 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4904 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4905 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4906 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4907 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4908 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4909 Previous.clear(); 4910 4911 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4912 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4913 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4914 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4915 4916 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 4917 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 4918 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 4919 // template, declared in namespace scope 4920 if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4921 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 4922 diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 4923 return nullptr; 4924 } 4925 4926 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 4927 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4928 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 4929 return nullptr; 4930 } 4931 } 4932 4933 NamedDecl *New; 4934 4935 bool AddToScope = true; 4936 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4937 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4938 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4939 return nullptr; 4940 } 4941 4942 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4943 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4944 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4945 TemplateParamLists, 4946 AddToScope); 4947 } else { 4948 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 4949 AddToScope); 4950 } 4951 4952 if (!New) 4953 return nullptr; 4954 4955 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4956 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4957 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4958 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 4959 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 4960 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 4961 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 4962 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 4963 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 4964 if (!AddToContext) 4965 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 4966 } 4967 4968 return New; 4969 } 4970 4971 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4972 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4973 /// GCC compatibility). 4974 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4975 ASTContext &Context, 4976 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4977 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4978 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4979 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4980 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4981 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4982 SizeIsNegative = false; 4983 Oversized = 0; 4984 4985 if (T->isDependentType()) 4986 return QualType(); 4987 4988 QualifierCollector Qs; 4989 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4990 4991 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4992 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4993 QualType FixedType = 4994 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4995 Oversized); 4996 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4997 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4998 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4999 } 5000 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5001 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5002 QualType FixedType = 5003 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5004 Oversized); 5005 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5006 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5007 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5008 } 5009 5010 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5011 if (!VLATy) 5012 return QualType(); 5013 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 5014 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 5015 return QualType(); 5016 5017 llvm::APSInt Res; 5018 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5019 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 5020 return QualType(); 5021 5022 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5023 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5024 SizeIsNegative = true; 5025 return QualType(); 5026 } 5027 5028 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5029 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5030 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5031 Res); 5032 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5033 Oversized = Res; 5034 return QualType(); 5035 } 5036 5037 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5038 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5039 } 5040 5041 static void 5042 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5043 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5044 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5045 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5046 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5047 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5048 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5049 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5050 return; 5051 } 5052 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5053 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5054 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5055 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5056 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5057 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5058 return; 5059 } 5060 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5061 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5062 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5063 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5064 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5065 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5066 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5067 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5068 } 5069 5070 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5071 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5072 /// GCC compatibility). 5073 static TypeSourceInfo* 5074 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5075 ASTContext &Context, 5076 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5077 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5078 QualType FixedTy 5079 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5080 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5081 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5082 return nullptr; 5083 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5084 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5085 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5086 return FixedTInfo; 5087 } 5088 5089 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5090 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5091 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5092 /// function-scope declarations. 5093 void 5094 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5095 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5096 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5097 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5098 return; 5099 5100 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5101 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5102 } 5103 5104 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5105 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5106 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5107 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5108 } 5109 5110 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5111 /// does not identify a function. 5112 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5113 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5114 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 5115 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 5116 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 5117 diag::err_inline_non_function); 5118 5119 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5120 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5121 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5122 5123 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5124 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5125 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5126 5127 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5128 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5129 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5130 } 5131 5132 NamedDecl* 5133 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5134 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5135 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5136 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5137 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5138 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5139 D.setInvalidType(); 5140 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5141 DC = CurContext; 5142 Previous.clear(); 5143 } 5144 5145 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5146 5147 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5148 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5149 << 1; 5150 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) 5151 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5152 diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5153 5154 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5155 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5156 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5157 return nullptr; 5158 } 5159 5160 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5161 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5162 5163 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5164 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5165 5166 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5167 5168 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5169 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5170 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5171 return ND; 5172 } 5173 5174 void 5175 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5176 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5177 // then it shall have block scope. 5178 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5179 // that redeclarations will match. 5180 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5181 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5182 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5183 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5184 5185 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5186 bool SizeIsNegative; 5187 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5188 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5189 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5190 SizeIsNegative, 5191 Oversized); 5192 if (FixedTInfo) { 5193 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5194 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5195 } else { 5196 if (SizeIsNegative) 5197 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5198 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5199 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5200 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5201 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5202 << Oversized.toString(10); 5203 else 5204 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5205 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5206 } 5207 } 5208 } 5209 } 5210 5211 5212 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5213 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5214 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5215 NamedDecl* 5216 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5217 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5218 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5219 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5220 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5221 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5222 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5223 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5224 Redeclaration = true; 5225 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 5226 } 5227 5228 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5229 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5230 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5231 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5232 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5233 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5234 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5235 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5236 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5237 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5238 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5239 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5240 } 5241 5242 return NewTD; 5243 } 5244 5245 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5246 /// previous declaration. 5247 /// 5248 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5249 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5250 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5251 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5252 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5253 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5254 /// 5255 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5256 /// lookup 5257 /// 5258 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5259 /// declared. 5260 /// 5261 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5262 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5263 static bool 5264 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5265 ASTContext &Context) { 5266 if (!PrevDecl) 5267 return false; 5268 5269 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5270 return false; 5271 5272 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5273 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5274 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5275 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5276 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5277 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5278 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5279 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5280 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5281 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5282 return false; 5283 5284 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5285 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5286 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5287 return false; 5288 5289 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5290 // previous declarations. 5291 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5292 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5293 5294 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5295 // isn't the same function. 5296 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5297 return false; 5298 } 5299 5300 return true; 5301 } 5302 5303 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5304 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5305 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5306 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5307 } 5308 5309 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5310 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5311 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5312 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5313 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5314 unsigned kind = -1U; 5315 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5316 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5317 kind = 0; // __block 5318 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5319 kind = 1; // global 5320 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5321 kind = 3; // ivar 5322 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5323 kind = 2; // field 5324 } 5325 5326 if (kind != -1U) { 5327 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5328 << kind; 5329 } 5330 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5331 // Try to infer lifetime. 5332 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5333 return false; 5334 5335 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5336 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5337 decl->setType(type); 5338 } 5339 5340 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5341 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5342 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5343 var->getTLSKind()) { 5344 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5345 << var->getType(); 5346 return true; 5347 } 5348 } 5349 5350 return false; 5351 } 5352 5353 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5354 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5355 // the wrong linkage. 5356 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5357 5358 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5359 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5360 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5361 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5362 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5363 } 5364 } 5365 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5366 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5367 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5368 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5369 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5370 } 5371 } 5372 5373 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5374 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5375 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5376 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5377 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5378 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD; 5379 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5380 } 5381 } 5382 } 5383 5384 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5385 // It does not apply to functions. 5386 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5387 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5388 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5389 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5390 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5391 } 5392 } 5393 5394 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5395 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 5396 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 5397 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 5398 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) { 5399 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5400 << &ND << Attr; 5401 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5402 } 5403 } 5404 5405 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 5406 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 5407 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 5408 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 5409 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 5410 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 5411 << Attr; 5412 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 5413 } 5414 } 5415 5416 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5417 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5418 bool IsSpecialization) { 5419 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 5420 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5421 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5422 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5423 5424 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5425 return; 5426 5427 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5428 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5429 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5430 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5431 5432 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5433 // inherited attribute instances. 5434 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5435 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5436 5437 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5438 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5439 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5440 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5441 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5442 5443 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5444 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 5445 bool JustWarn = false; 5446 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5447 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5448 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5449 JustWarn = true; 5450 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5451 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5452 JustWarn = true; 5453 } 5454 5455 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 5456 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 5457 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 5458 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 5459 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 5460 JustWarn = false; 5461 5462 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5463 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5464 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5465 << NewDecl 5466 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5467 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5468 if (!JustWarn) { 5469 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5470 return; 5471 } 5472 } 5473 5474 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5475 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5476 // and qualified friend declarations. 5477 // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport. 5478 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5479 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) 5480 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5481 // separately. 5482 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5483 else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5484 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5485 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5486 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5487 } 5488 5489 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5490 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5491 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5492 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5493 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5494 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5495 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5496 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5497 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5498 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && 5499 !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 5500 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5501 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5502 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5503 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5504 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5505 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5506 } 5507 } 5508 5509 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5510 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5511 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5512 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5513 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5514 5515 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5516 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5517 5518 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5519 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5520 return false; 5521 5522 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5523 5524 #ifndef NDEBUG 5525 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5526 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5527 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5528 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5529 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5530 #endif 5531 5532 bool isC99Inline = 5533 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5534 5535 #ifndef NDEBUG 5536 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5537 #endif 5538 5539 return isC99Inline; 5540 } 5541 5542 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5543 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5544 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5545 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5546 /// 5547 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5548 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5549 /// 5550 /// For instance: 5551 /// 5552 /// auto x = []{}; 5553 /// 5554 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5555 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5556 /// 5557 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5558 template<typename T> 5559 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5560 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5561 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5562 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5563 return false; 5564 5565 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes if overloading is enabled. 5566 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && S.getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads && 5567 (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 5568 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 5569 return false; 5570 } 5571 return D->isExternC(); 5572 } 5573 5574 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5575 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5576 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5577 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5578 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5579 return true; 5580 if (DC->isRecord()) 5581 return false; 5582 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5583 } 5584 5585 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5586 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5587 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5588 return true; 5589 if (DC->isRecord()) 5590 return false; 5591 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5592 } 5593 5594 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5595 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5596 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5597 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5598 return true; 5599 return false; 5600 } 5601 5602 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5603 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5604 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5605 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5606 return true; 5607 5608 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5609 // position to the decl itself. 5610 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5611 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5612 return true; 5613 } 5614 5615 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5616 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5617 } 5618 5619 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5620 /// function-local external declaration. 5621 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5622 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5623 return false; 5624 5625 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5626 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5627 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5628 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5629 return true; 5630 5631 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5632 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5633 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5634 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5635 // 5636 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5637 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5638 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5639 DC = DC->getParent(); 5640 return true; 5641 } 5642 5643 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 5644 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 5645 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 5646 return FD->isExternC(); 5647 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 5648 return VD->isExternC(); 5649 5650 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 5651 } 5652 5653 NamedDecl * 5654 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5655 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5656 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5657 bool &AddToScope) { 5658 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5659 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5660 5661 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5662 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5663 5664 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5665 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5666 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5667 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5668 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5669 SC = SC_Extern; 5670 5671 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5672 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5673 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5674 5675 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5676 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5677 QualType NR = R; 5678 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5679 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5680 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5681 D.setInvalidType(); 5682 break; 5683 } 5684 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5685 } 5686 5687 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5688 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5689 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5690 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5691 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5692 D.setInvalidType(); 5693 } 5694 } 5695 } 5696 5697 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5698 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5699 // an error here 5700 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5701 D.setInvalidType(); 5702 SC = SC_None; 5703 } 5704 5705 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5706 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5707 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5708 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5709 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5710 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5711 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5712 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 5713 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5714 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5715 } 5716 5717 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5718 if (!II) { 5719 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5720 << Name; 5721 return nullptr; 5722 } 5723 5724 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5725 5726 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5727 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5728 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5729 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5730 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5731 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5732 D.setInvalidType(); 5733 } 5734 } 5735 5736 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5737 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5738 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5739 // space qualifiers. 5740 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5741 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5742 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5743 } 5744 5745 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5746 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5747 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5748 // address space qualifiers. 5749 if (R->isEventT()) { 5750 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5751 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5752 D.setInvalidType(); 5753 } 5754 5755 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5756 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5757 D.setInvalidType(); 5758 } 5759 } 5760 } 5761 5762 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5763 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5764 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5765 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5766 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5767 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5768 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5769 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5770 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5771 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5772 R, TInfo, SC); 5773 5774 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5775 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5776 5777 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5778 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5779 } else { 5780 bool Invalid = false; 5781 5782 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5783 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5784 switch (SC) { 5785 case SC_None: 5786 break; 5787 case SC_Static: 5788 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5789 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5790 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5791 break; 5792 case SC_Auto: 5793 case SC_Register: 5794 case SC_Extern: 5795 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5796 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5797 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5798 // of class members 5799 5800 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5801 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5802 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5803 break; 5804 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5805 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5806 } 5807 } 5808 5809 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5810 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5811 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5812 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5813 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5814 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5815 5816 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5817 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5818 if (RD->isUnion()) 5819 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5820 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5821 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5822 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5823 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5824 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5825 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5826 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5827 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5828 } 5829 } 5830 5831 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5832 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5833 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5834 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5835 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5836 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 5837 ? D.getName().TemplateId 5838 : nullptr, 5839 TemplateParamLists, 5840 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5841 5842 if (TemplateParams) { 5843 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5844 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5845 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5846 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5847 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5848 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5849 << II 5850 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5851 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5852 TemplateParams = nullptr; 5853 } else { 5854 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5855 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5856 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5857 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5858 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5859 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5860 // This is a template declaration. 5861 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5862 5863 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5864 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5865 return nullptr; 5866 5867 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5868 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5869 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 5870 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5871 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5872 } 5873 } 5874 } else { 5875 assert( 5876 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 5877 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 5878 } 5879 5880 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5881 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5882 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5883 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5884 : SourceLocation(); 5885 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5886 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5887 IsPartialSpecialization); 5888 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5889 return nullptr; 5890 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5891 AddToScope = false; 5892 } else 5893 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5894 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5895 5896 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5897 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5898 NewTemplate = 5899 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5900 TemplateParams, NewVD); 5901 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5902 } 5903 5904 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5905 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5906 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5907 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5908 5909 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 5910 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5911 if (NewTemplate) 5912 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5913 } 5914 5915 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5916 5917 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 5918 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 5919 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 5920 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 5921 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 5922 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 5923 5924 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5925 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 5926 5927 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 5928 NewVD->setConcept(true); 5929 5930 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 5931 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 5932 // specifiers, [...] 5933 if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) { 5934 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5935 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 5936 << 0 << 0; 5937 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5938 } 5939 5940 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 5941 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 5942 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 5943 << 0 << 3; 5944 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5945 } 5946 } 5947 } 5948 5949 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 5950 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5951 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5952 if (NewTemplate) 5953 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5954 5955 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 5956 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 5957 5958 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 5959 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 5960 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 5961 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 5962 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 5963 // explicitly. 5964 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 5965 // 'extern'. 5966 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 5967 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 5968 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 5969 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 5970 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5971 diag::err_thread_non_global) 5972 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5973 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 5974 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5975 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 5976 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 5977 // error should be ignored. 5978 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 5979 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 5980 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 5981 // to emit any code for it. 5982 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5983 } else 5984 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5985 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5986 } else 5987 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5988 } 5989 5990 // C99 6.7.4p3 5991 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 5992 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 5993 // thread storage duration... 5994 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 5995 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 5996 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 5997 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 5998 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 5999 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6000 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 6001 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6002 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 6003 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6004 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 6005 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 6006 } 6007 } 6008 6009 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6010 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6011 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6012 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 6013 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6014 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6015 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 6016 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6017 << 2 6018 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6019 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6020 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6021 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 6022 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6023 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6024 else { 6025 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 6026 if (NewTemplate) 6027 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6028 } 6029 } 6030 6031 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6032 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 6033 6034 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6035 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 6036 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6037 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6038 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 6039 // storage [duration]." 6040 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6041 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 6042 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 6043 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 6044 } 6045 } 6046 6047 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6048 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6049 // check the VarDecl itself. 6050 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6051 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6052 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6053 6054 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6055 // retainable type. 6056 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6057 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6058 6059 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6060 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6061 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6062 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6063 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6064 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6065 switch (SC) { 6066 case SC_None: 6067 case SC_Auto: 6068 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6069 break; 6070 case SC_Register: 6071 // Local Named register 6072 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6073 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6074 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6075 break; 6076 case SC_Static: 6077 case SC_Extern: 6078 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6079 break; 6080 } 6081 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6082 // Global Named register 6083 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 6084 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 6085 bool HasSizeMismatch; 6086 6087 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 6088 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6089 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 6090 Context.getTypeSize(R), 6091 HasSizeMismatch)) 6092 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 6093 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 6094 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 6095 } 6096 6097 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6098 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6099 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6100 } 6101 } 6102 6103 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6104 Context, Label, 0)); 6105 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6106 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6107 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6108 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6109 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6110 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6111 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6112 } else 6113 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6114 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6115 } 6116 } 6117 6118 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 6119 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 6120 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 6121 6122 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6123 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6124 // declaration has linkage). 6125 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6126 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6127 IsExplicitSpecialization || 6128 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6129 6130 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6131 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6132 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6133 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6134 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6135 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6136 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6137 6138 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6139 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6140 } else { 6141 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6142 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6143 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6144 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6145 6146 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6147 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6148 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6149 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6150 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6151 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6152 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6153 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6154 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6155 Previous.clear(); 6156 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6157 } 6158 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6159 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6160 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6161 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6162 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6163 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6164 } 6165 6166 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6167 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6168 6169 if (NewTemplate) { 6170 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6171 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6172 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6173 : nullptr; 6174 6175 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6176 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6177 // template declaration. 6178 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6179 TemplateParams, 6180 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6181 : nullptr, 6182 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6183 DC->isDependentContext()) 6184 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6185 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6186 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6187 6188 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6189 // template, make a note of that. 6190 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6191 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6192 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6193 } 6194 } 6195 6196 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6197 6198 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6199 // the map of such variables. 6200 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6201 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6202 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6203 6204 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6205 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6206 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6207 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6208 Context.setManglingNumber( 6209 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6210 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6211 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6212 } 6213 } 6214 6215 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6216 if (Name.isIdentifier() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6217 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6218 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6219 6220 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6221 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6222 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6223 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6224 6225 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6226 // behavior. 6227 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6228 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6229 } 6230 6231 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6232 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6233 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6234 IsExplicitSpecialization); 6235 } 6236 6237 if (NewTemplate) { 6238 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6239 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6240 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6241 return NewTemplate; 6242 } 6243 6244 return NewVD; 6245 } 6246 6247 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6248 /// -Wshadow. 6249 /// 6250 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6251 /// scope. 6252 /// 6253 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 6254 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6255 /// 6256 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 6257 // Return if warning is ignored. 6258 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 6259 return; 6260 6261 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6262 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6263 return; 6264 6265 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6266 6267 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6268 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6269 return; 6270 6271 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6272 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6273 return; 6274 6275 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6276 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6277 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6278 if (MD->isStatic()) 6279 return; 6280 6281 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6282 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6283 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6284 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6285 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6286 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6287 ShadowedDecl = I; 6288 break; 6289 } 6290 } 6291 6292 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6293 6294 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6295 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6296 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6297 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6298 return; 6299 6300 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6301 // static data members from base classes? 6302 6303 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6304 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6305 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6306 } 6307 6308 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6309 unsigned Kind; 6310 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 6311 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6312 Kind = 3; // field 6313 else 6314 Kind = 2; // static data member 6315 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 6316 Kind = 1; // global 6317 else 6318 Kind = 0; // local 6319 6320 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6321 6322 // Emit warning and note. 6323 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6324 return; 6325 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6326 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6327 } 6328 6329 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6330 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6331 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6332 return; 6333 6334 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6335 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6336 LookupName(R, S); 6337 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 6338 } 6339 6340 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6341 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6342 template<typename T> 6343 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6344 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6345 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6346 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6347 6348 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6349 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6350 // declaration. 6351 return false; 6352 } 6353 6354 if (Prev) { 6355 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6356 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6357 // redeclaration. 6358 Previous.clear(); 6359 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6360 return true; 6361 } 6362 6363 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6364 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6365 // declaration. 6366 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6367 return false; 6368 } else { 6369 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6370 // translation unit which might conflict. 6371 if (IsGlobal) { 6372 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6373 IsGlobal = false; 6374 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6375 I != E; ++I) { 6376 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6377 Prev = *I; 6378 break; 6379 } 6380 } 6381 } else { 6382 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6383 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6384 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6385 I != E; ++I) { 6386 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6387 Prev = *I; 6388 break; 6389 } 6390 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6391 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6392 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6393 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6394 // diagnostic. 6395 } 6396 } 6397 6398 if (!Prev) 6399 return false; 6400 } 6401 6402 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6403 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6404 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6405 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6406 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6407 else 6408 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6409 6410 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6411 << IsGlobal << ND; 6412 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6413 << IsGlobal; 6414 return false; 6415 } 6416 6417 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6418 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6419 /// 6420 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6421 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6422 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6423 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6424 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6425 template<typename T> 6426 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6427 LookupResult &Previous) { 6428 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6429 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6430 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6431 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6432 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6433 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6434 Previous.clear(); 6435 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6436 return true; 6437 } 6438 } 6439 return false; 6440 } 6441 6442 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6443 // declaration. 6444 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6445 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6446 6447 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6448 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6449 // in another scope. 6450 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6451 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6452 6453 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6454 return false; 6455 } 6456 6457 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6458 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6459 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6460 return; 6461 6462 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6463 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6464 6465 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6466 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6467 return; 6468 6469 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6470 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6471 6472 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6473 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6474 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6475 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6476 NewVD->setType(T); 6477 } 6478 6479 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6480 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6481 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6482 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6483 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL 6484 && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6485 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6486 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6487 return; 6488 } 6489 6490 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 6491 // scope. 6492 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 6493 !getOpenCLOptions().cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers && 6494 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6495 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6496 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6497 return; 6498 } 6499 6500 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6501 // __constant address space. 6502 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 6503 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 6504 // address space. 6505 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6506 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) { 6507 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 6508 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6509 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 6510 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 6511 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 6512 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6513 << "global or constant"; 6514 else 6515 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6516 << "constant"; 6517 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6518 return; 6519 } 6520 } else { 6521 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 6522 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 6523 // address space. 6524 if (NewVD->isStaticLocal() && 6525 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6526 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 6527 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 6528 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 6529 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6530 << "global or constant"; 6531 else 6532 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6533 << "constant"; 6534 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6535 return; 6536 } 6537 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3 no local or constant variables 6538 // in functions. 6539 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6540 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 6541 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6542 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 6543 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 6544 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_non_kernel_variable) 6545 << "constant"; 6546 else 6547 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_non_kernel_variable) 6548 << "local"; 6549 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6550 return; 6551 } 6552 } 6553 } 6554 } 6555 6556 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6557 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6558 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6559 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6560 else { 6561 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6562 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6563 } 6564 } 6565 6566 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6567 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6568 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6569 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6570 6571 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6572 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6573 bool SizeIsNegative; 6574 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6575 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6576 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6577 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6578 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6579 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6580 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6581 // int a[10][n]; 6582 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6583 6584 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6585 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6586 << SizeRange; 6587 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6588 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6589 << SizeRange; 6590 else 6591 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6592 << SizeRange; 6593 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6594 return; 6595 } 6596 6597 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6598 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6599 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6600 else 6601 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6602 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6603 return; 6604 } 6605 6606 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6607 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6608 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6609 } 6610 6611 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6612 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6613 // of objects and functions. 6614 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6615 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6616 << T; 6617 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6618 return; 6619 } 6620 } 6621 6622 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6623 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6624 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6625 return; 6626 } 6627 6628 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6629 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6630 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6631 return; 6632 } 6633 6634 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6635 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6636 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6637 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6638 return; 6639 } 6640 } 6641 6642 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6643 /// declaration. 6644 /// 6645 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6646 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6647 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6648 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6649 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6650 /// 6651 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6652 /// 6653 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6654 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6655 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6656 6657 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6658 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6659 return false; 6660 6661 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6662 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6663 if (Previous.empty() && 6664 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6665 Previous.setShadowed(); 6666 6667 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6668 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6669 return true; 6670 } 6671 return false; 6672 } 6673 6674 namespace { 6675 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 6676 Sema *S; 6677 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 6678 6679 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 6680 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 6681 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 6682 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 6683 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 6684 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6685 6686 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 6687 6688 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 6689 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6690 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 6691 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 6692 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 6693 6694 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 6695 } 6696 6697 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 6698 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 6699 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 6700 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 6701 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 6702 return true; 6703 } 6704 } 6705 6706 return false; 6707 } 6708 }; 6709 6710 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 6711 } // end anonymous namespace 6712 6713 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 6714 /// overriden methods. 6715 /// 6716 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 6717 /// \param MD the overriding method. 6718 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 6719 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 6720 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 6721 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 6722 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 6723 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 6724 I != E; ++I) { 6725 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 6726 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 6727 // out the diag loop 3 times. 6728 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 6729 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 6730 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 6731 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6732 } 6733 } 6734 6735 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 6736 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 6737 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 6738 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 6739 CXXBasePaths Paths; 6740 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 6741 FOM.Method = MD; 6742 FOM.S = this; 6743 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6744 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6745 bool AddedAny = false; 6746 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 6747 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 6748 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 6749 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 6750 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 6751 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 6752 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 6753 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 6754 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 6755 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 6756 AddedAny = true; 6757 } 6758 } 6759 } 6760 } 6761 6762 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 6763 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 6764 } 6765 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 6766 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 6767 } 6768 6769 return AddedAny; 6770 } 6771 6772 namespace { 6773 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 6774 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 6775 struct ActOnFDArgs { 6776 Scope *S; 6777 Declarator &D; 6778 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 6779 bool AddToScope; 6780 }; 6781 } 6782 6783 namespace { 6784 6785 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 6786 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 6787 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 6788 public: 6789 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 6790 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 6791 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 6792 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 6793 6794 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 6795 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 6796 return false; 6797 6798 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6799 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 6800 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 6801 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6802 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6803 6804 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6805 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6806 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 6807 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 6808 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 6809 return true; 6810 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 6811 return true; 6812 } 6813 } 6814 } 6815 6816 return false; 6817 } 6818 6819 private: 6820 ASTContext &Context; 6821 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 6822 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 6823 }; 6824 6825 } 6826 6827 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6828 /// 6829 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6830 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6831 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6832 /// the same name. 6833 /// 6834 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6835 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6836 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6837 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6838 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6839 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6840 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6841 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6842 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6843 TypoCorrection Correction; 6844 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6845 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6846 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6847 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6848 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6849 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6850 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6851 6852 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6853 if (IsLocalFriend) 6854 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 6855 else 6856 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 6857 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 6858 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 6859 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6860 if (!Prev.empty()) { 6861 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 6862 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 6863 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 6864 if (FD && 6865 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6866 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 6867 // involve a parameter 6868 unsigned ParamNum = 6869 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 6870 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 6871 } 6872 } 6873 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 6874 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 6875 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 6876 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6877 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 6878 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 6879 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 6880 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 6881 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 6882 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6883 Previous.clear(); 6884 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 6885 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 6886 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 6887 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6888 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6889 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6890 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6891 Previous.addDecl(FD); 6892 } 6893 } 6894 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 6895 6896 NamedDecl *Result; 6897 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 6898 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 6899 { 6900 // Trap errors. 6901 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6902 6903 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 6904 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 6905 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 6906 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 6907 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 6908 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 6909 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 6910 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 6911 6912 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 6913 Result = nullptr; 6914 } 6915 6916 if (Result) { 6917 // Determine which correction we picked. 6918 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 6919 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6920 I != E; ++I) 6921 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 6922 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 6923 6924 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 6925 Correction, 6926 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 6927 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 6928 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 6929 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 6930 return Result; 6931 } 6932 6933 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 6934 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 6935 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6936 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 6937 Previous.clear(); 6938 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 6939 } 6940 6941 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 6942 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 6943 6944 bool NewFDisConst = false; 6945 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6946 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 6947 6948 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 6949 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 6950 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 6951 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 6952 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6953 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 6954 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 6955 6956 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 6957 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 6958 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 6959 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 6960 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 6961 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 6962 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 6963 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 6964 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 6965 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 6966 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 6967 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6968 } else 6969 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6970 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 6971 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 6972 } 6973 return nullptr; 6974 } 6975 6976 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 6977 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 6978 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 6979 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 6980 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 6981 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 6982 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6983 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 6984 D.setInvalidType(); 6985 break; 6986 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 6987 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 6988 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 6989 return SC_None; 6990 return SC_Extern; 6991 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 6992 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6993 // C99 6.7.1p5: 6994 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 6995 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 6996 // other than extern 6997 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 6998 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6999 diag::err_static_block_func); 7000 break; 7001 } else 7002 return SC_Static; 7003 } 7004 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 7005 } 7006 7007 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 7008 return SC_None; 7009 } 7010 7011 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 7012 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 7013 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7014 StorageClass SC, 7015 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 7016 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7017 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7018 7019 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 7020 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7021 7022 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7023 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7024 // prototype. This true when: 7025 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 7026 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 7027 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 7028 bool HasPrototype = 7029 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 7030 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 7031 7032 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7033 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7034 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7035 HasPrototype, false); 7036 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7037 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7038 7039 return NewFD; 7040 } 7041 7042 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7043 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7044 7045 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 7046 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7047 // the class has been completely parsed. 7048 if (!DC->isRecord() && 7049 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 7050 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 7051 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 7052 D.setInvalidType(); 7053 7054 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 7055 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 7056 assert(DC->isRecord() && 7057 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 7058 7059 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7060 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7061 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7062 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 7063 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 7064 isConstexpr); 7065 7066 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7067 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 7068 if (DC->isRecord()) { 7069 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7070 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 7071 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 7072 SemaRef.Context, Record, 7073 D.getLocStart(), 7074 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 7075 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 7076 7077 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 7078 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 7079 // it yet. 7080 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 7081 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 7082 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 7083 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 7084 } 7085 7086 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7087 return NewDD; 7088 7089 } else { 7090 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 7091 D.setInvalidType(); 7092 7093 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 7094 // code path. 7095 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7096 D.getLocStart(), 7097 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 7098 SC, isInline, 7099 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 7100 } 7101 7102 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 7103 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 7104 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7105 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 7106 return nullptr; 7107 } 7108 7109 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7110 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7111 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7112 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7113 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 7114 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7115 7116 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 7117 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 7118 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 7119 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 7120 // constructor if it has no return type). 7121 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 7122 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 7123 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 7124 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 7125 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7126 return nullptr; 7127 } 7128 7129 // This is a C++ method declaration. 7130 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 7131 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7132 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7133 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7134 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7135 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 7136 return Ret; 7137 } else { 7138 bool isFriend = 7139 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7140 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 7141 return nullptr; 7142 7143 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7144 // prototype. This true when: 7145 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 7146 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7147 D.getLocStart(), 7148 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 7149 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 7150 } 7151 } 7152 7153 enum OpenCLParamType { 7154 ValidKernelParam, 7155 PtrPtrKernelParam, 7156 PtrKernelParam, 7157 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 7158 InvalidKernelParam, 7159 RecordKernelParam 7160 }; 7161 7162 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 7163 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7164 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7165 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7166 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7167 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 7168 : PtrKernelParam; 7169 } 7170 7171 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7172 // be used as builtin types. 7173 7174 if (PT->isImageType()) 7175 return PtrKernelParam; 7176 7177 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 7178 return InvalidKernelParam; 7179 7180 if (PT->isEventT()) 7181 return InvalidKernelParam; 7182 7183 if (PT->isHalfType()) 7184 return InvalidKernelParam; 7185 7186 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7187 return RecordKernelParam; 7188 7189 return ValidKernelParam; 7190 } 7191 7192 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 7193 Sema &S, 7194 Declarator &D, 7195 ParmVarDecl *Param, 7196 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 7197 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 7198 7199 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 7200 // used again 7201 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 7202 return; 7203 7204 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 7205 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 7206 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7207 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7208 // pointer to a pointer type. 7209 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 7210 D.setInvalidType(); 7211 return; 7212 7213 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 7214 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7215 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7216 // pointer to the private address space. 7217 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 7218 D.setInvalidType(); 7219 return; 7220 7221 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 7222 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 7223 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 7224 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 7225 // one of these built-in scalar types. 7226 7227 case InvalidKernelParam: 7228 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 7229 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 7230 // of event_t type. 7231 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7232 D.setInvalidType(); 7233 return; 7234 7235 case PtrKernelParam: 7236 case ValidKernelParam: 7237 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 7238 return; 7239 7240 case RecordKernelParam: 7241 break; 7242 } 7243 7244 // Track nested structs we will inspect 7245 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 7246 7247 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 7248 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 7249 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 7250 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 7251 7252 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7253 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 7254 7255 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 7256 7257 do { 7258 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 7259 if (!Next) { 7260 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 7261 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 7262 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 7263 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 7264 7265 continue; 7266 } 7267 7268 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 7269 // field itself) to the history stack. 7270 const RecordDecl *RD; 7271 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 7272 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 7273 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7274 } else { 7275 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 7276 } 7277 7278 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 7279 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 7280 7281 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 7282 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 7283 7284 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 7285 continue; 7286 7287 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 7288 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 7289 continue; 7290 7291 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 7292 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 7293 continue; 7294 } 7295 7296 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 7297 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 7298 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 7299 // union. 7300 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 7301 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 7302 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 7303 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 7304 << PT->isUnionType() 7305 << PT; 7306 } else { 7307 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7308 } 7309 7310 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7311 << PD->getDeclName(); 7312 7313 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 7314 // the offending field came from 7315 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 7316 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 7317 E = HistoryStack.end(); 7318 I != E; ++I) { 7319 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 7320 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7321 << OuterField->getType(); 7322 } 7323 7324 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 7325 << QT->isPointerType() 7326 << QT; 7327 D.setInvalidType(); 7328 return; 7329 } 7330 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 7331 } 7332 7333 NamedDecl* 7334 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 7335 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 7336 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7337 bool &AddToScope) { 7338 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7339 7340 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 7341 7342 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 7343 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7344 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7345 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 7346 7347 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 7348 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7349 diag::err_invalid_thread) 7350 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7351 7352 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 7353 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 7354 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7355 7356 bool isFriend = false; 7357 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 7358 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7359 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7360 7361 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 7362 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7363 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 7364 7365 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 7366 7367 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7368 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7369 7370 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 7371 isVirtualOkay); 7372 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 7373 7374 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 7375 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 7376 7377 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 7378 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 7379 // context will be different from the semantic context. 7380 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7381 7382 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 7383 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7384 7385 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7386 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7387 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 7388 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7389 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7390 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 7391 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7392 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7393 // C++ [class.friend]p5 7394 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 7395 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 7396 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7397 } 7398 7399 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 7400 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 7401 // return true). 7402 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 7403 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 7404 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 7405 NewFD->setPure(true); 7406 7407 // C++ [class.union]p2 7408 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 7409 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 7410 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 7411 } 7412 7413 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 7414 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7415 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7416 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7417 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7418 7419 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 7420 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 7421 bool Invalid = false; 7422 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 7423 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 7424 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7425 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7426 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 7427 ? D.getName().TemplateId 7428 : nullptr, 7429 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 7430 Invalid)) { 7431 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7432 // This is a function template 7433 7434 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7435 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7436 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7437 7438 // A destructor cannot be a template. 7439 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7440 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 7441 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7442 } 7443 7444 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7445 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7446 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7447 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7448 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7449 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7450 Invalid = true; 7451 } 7452 7453 7454 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7455 NewFD->getLocation(), 7456 Name, TemplateParams, 7457 NewFD); 7458 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7459 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7460 7461 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7462 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7463 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7464 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 7465 } 7466 } else { 7467 // This is a function template specialization. 7468 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7469 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7470 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7471 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7472 7473 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7474 if (isFriend) { 7475 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7476 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7477 7478 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7479 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7480 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7481 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7482 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7483 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7484 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7485 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7486 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7487 } 7488 7489 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7490 << Name << RemoveRange 7491 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7492 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7493 } 7494 } 7495 } 7496 else { 7497 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7498 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7499 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7500 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7501 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7502 } 7503 7504 if (Invalid) { 7505 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7506 if (FunctionTemplate) 7507 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7508 } 7509 7510 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7511 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7512 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7513 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7514 // 7515 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7516 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7517 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7518 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7519 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7520 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7521 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7522 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7523 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7524 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7525 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7526 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7527 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7528 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7529 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7530 } else { 7531 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7532 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7533 } 7534 7535 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7536 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7537 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7538 } 7539 7540 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7541 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7542 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7543 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7544 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7545 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7546 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7547 // thing to do. 7548 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7549 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7550 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7551 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7552 QualType Result = 7553 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7554 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7555 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7556 } 7557 7558 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7559 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7560 // declaration. 7561 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7562 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7563 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7564 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7565 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7566 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7567 } 7568 } 7569 7570 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7571 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7572 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7573 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7574 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7575 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7576 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7577 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7578 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7579 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7580 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7581 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7582 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7583 // or conversion function. 7584 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7585 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7586 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7587 } 7588 } 7589 7590 if (isConstexpr) { 7591 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7592 // are implicitly inline. 7593 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7594 7595 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7596 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7597 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7598 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7599 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7600 } 7601 7602 if (isConcept) { 7603 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 7604 // applied only to the definition of a function template [...] 7605 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7606 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 7607 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 7608 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7609 } 7610 7611 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall 7612 // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified 7613 // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...] 7614 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7615 if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 7616 SourceRange Range; 7617 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) 7618 Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange(); 7619 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec) 7620 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range); 7621 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7622 } else { 7623 Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept); 7624 } 7625 7626 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 7627 // following restrictions: 7628 // - The declaration's parameter list shall be equivalent to an empty 7629 // parameter list. 7630 if (FPT->getNumParams() > 0 || FPT->isVariadic()) 7631 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_with_params); 7632 } 7633 7634 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 7635 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 7636 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7637 7638 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 7639 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 7640 // specifiers, [...] 7641 if (isInline) { 7642 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7643 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7644 << 1 << 1; 7645 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7646 } 7647 7648 if (isFriend) { 7649 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(), 7650 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7651 << 1 << 2; 7652 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7653 } 7654 7655 if (isConstexpr) { 7656 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 7657 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7658 << 1 << 3; 7659 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7660 } 7661 } 7662 7663 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 7664 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7665 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7666 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 7667 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 7668 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7669 << 0 7670 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 7671 } else { 7672 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 7673 if (FunctionTemplate) 7674 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7675 } 7676 } 7677 7678 if (isFriend) { 7679 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7680 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7681 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 7682 } 7683 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7684 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7685 } 7686 7687 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 7688 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 7689 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 7690 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 7691 case FDK_Declaration: 7692 case FDK_Definition: 7693 break; 7694 7695 case FDK_Defaulted: 7696 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 7697 break; 7698 7699 case FDK_Deleted: 7700 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 7701 break; 7702 } 7703 7704 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 7705 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7706 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 7707 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 7708 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 7709 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7710 } 7711 7712 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 7713 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 7714 // C++ [class.static]p1: 7715 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 7716 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 7717 // the class. 7718 7719 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 7720 // member function definition. 7721 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7722 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 7723 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7724 } 7725 7726 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 7727 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 7728 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 7729 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7730 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 7731 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 7732 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 7733 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 7734 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 7735 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 7736 } 7737 7738 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 7739 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 7740 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7741 isExplicitSpecialization || 7742 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7743 7744 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7745 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 7746 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7747 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7748 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 7749 SE->getString(), 0)); 7750 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7751 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7752 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7753 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7754 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 7755 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 7756 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7757 } else 7758 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 7759 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 7760 } 7761 } 7762 7763 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 7764 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 7765 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 7766 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 7767 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7768 7769 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 7770 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 7771 // single void argument. 7772 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 7773 // already checks for that case. 7774 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 7775 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 7776 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 7777 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 7778 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 7779 Params.push_back(Param); 7780 7781 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 7782 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7783 } 7784 } 7785 7786 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7787 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 7788 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 7789 // parameters for use in the declaration. 7790 // 7791 // @code 7792 // typedef void fn(int); 7793 // fn f; 7794 // @endcode 7795 7796 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 7797 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 7798 ParmVarDecl *Param = 7799 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 7800 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 7801 Params.push_back(Param); 7802 } 7803 } else { 7804 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 7805 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 7806 } 7807 7808 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 7809 NewFD->setParams(Params); 7810 7811 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 7812 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 7813 // 7814 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 7815 // 7816 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 7817 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 7818 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 7819 7820 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 7821 NewFD->addAttr( 7822 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 7823 Context, 0)); 7824 7825 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 7826 // because all functions have linkage. 7827 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7828 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7829 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 7830 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7831 } 7832 7833 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 7834 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7835 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 7836 NewFD->addAttr( 7837 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 7838 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7839 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 7840 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7841 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 7842 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 7843 NewFD)) 7844 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 7845 } 7846 7847 // Handle attributes. 7848 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 7849 7850 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7851 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 7852 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 7853 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 7854 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 7855 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 7856 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 7857 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7858 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 7859 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7860 } 7861 } 7862 7863 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7864 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7865 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 7866 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7867 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7868 7869 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7870 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7871 7872 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7873 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7874 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7875 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7876 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 7877 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7878 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7879 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7880 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7881 7882 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 7883 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 7884 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 7885 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7886 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7887 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 7888 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 7889 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 7890 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 7891 int DiagID = 7892 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 7893 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 7894 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 7895 } 7896 } 7897 } else { 7898 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 7899 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 7900 // 7901 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 7902 // 7903 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 7904 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 7905 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 7906 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 7907 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7908 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7909 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 7910 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7911 7912 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 7913 // argument list into our AST format. 7914 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7915 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 7916 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 7917 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7918 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 7919 TemplateId->NumArgs); 7920 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 7921 TemplateArgs); 7922 7923 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7924 7925 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7926 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7927 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 7928 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 7929 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 7930 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7931 7932 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7933 } else { 7934 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 7935 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 7936 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 7937 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 7938 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7939 } 7940 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7941 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 7942 // wrote something like: 7943 // template <> friend void foo(int); 7944 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 7945 // friend void foo<>(int); 7946 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 7947 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7948 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7949 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7950 } 7951 7952 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 7953 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 7954 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 7955 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 7956 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 7957 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 7958 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 7959 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 7960 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 7961 InstantiationDependent))) { 7962 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 7963 "friend function specialization without template args"); 7964 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 7965 Previous)) 7966 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7967 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7968 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 7969 && !isFriend) { 7970 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 7971 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 7972 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 7973 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 7974 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7975 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 7976 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 7977 : nullptr), 7978 Previous)) 7979 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7980 7981 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 7982 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 7983 // specialization (14.7.3) 7984 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 7985 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 7986 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 7987 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 7988 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7989 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 7990 << SC 7991 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7992 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7993 7994 else 7995 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7996 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 7997 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7998 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7999 } 8000 8001 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8002 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 8003 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8004 } 8005 8006 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8007 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8008 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8009 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8010 8011 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8012 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8013 8014 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8015 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8016 isExplicitSpecialization)); 8017 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8018 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8019 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8020 } 8021 8022 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8023 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8024 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8025 8026 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 8027 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 8028 : NewFD); 8029 8030 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 8031 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 8032 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8033 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 8034 8035 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 8036 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 8037 } 8038 8039 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 8040 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 8041 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 8042 8043 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 8044 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 8045 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8046 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 8047 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 8048 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 8049 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 8050 : nullptr, 8051 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 8052 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 8053 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 8054 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 8055 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 8056 DC && DC->isRecord() && 8057 DC->isDependentContext()) 8058 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 8059 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 8060 } 8061 8062 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8063 // Ignore all the rest of this. 8064 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 8065 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 8066 AddToScope }; 8067 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 8068 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 8069 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8070 8071 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 8072 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8073 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 8074 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 8075 8076 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 8077 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 8078 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 8079 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 8080 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 8081 // can actually do this check immediately. 8082 if (isFriend && 8083 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 8084 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 8085 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 8086 // ignore these 8087 } else { 8088 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 8089 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 8090 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 8091 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 8092 // 8093 // class X { 8094 // void f() const; 8095 // }; 8096 // 8097 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 8098 // 8099 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 8100 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 8101 // whether the parameter types are references). 8102 8103 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8104 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 8105 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8106 return Result; 8107 } 8108 } 8109 8110 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 8111 // to something. 8112 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 8113 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8114 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 8115 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8116 return Result; 8117 } 8118 } 8119 8120 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8121 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 8122 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 8123 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 8124 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 8125 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 8126 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 8127 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 8128 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 8129 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 8130 // generate them. 8131 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 8132 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8133 } 8134 } 8135 8136 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 8137 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 8138 8139 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 8140 8141 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 8142 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8143 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8144 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 8145 << NewFD; 8146 8147 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 8148 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 8149 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 8150 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 8151 EPI.Variadic = true; 8152 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 8153 8154 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 8155 NewFD->setType(R); 8156 } 8157 8158 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8159 // member, set the visibility of this function. 8160 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 8161 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 8162 8163 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 8164 // marking the function. 8165 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 8166 8167 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 8168 // a pragma. 8169 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 8170 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 8171 8172 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 8173 // the map of such variables. 8174 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8175 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 8176 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 8177 8178 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 8179 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 8180 8181 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 8182 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 8183 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 8184 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8185 } 8186 8187 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8188 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8189 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8190 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8191 return FunctionTemplate; 8192 } 8193 } 8194 8195 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 8196 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 8197 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 8198 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 8199 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 8200 D.setInvalidType(); 8201 } 8202 8203 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 8204 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 8205 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8206 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 8207 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 8208 : FixItHint()); 8209 D.setInvalidType(); 8210 } 8211 8212 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 8213 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 8214 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 8215 } 8216 8217 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 8218 8219 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 8220 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 8221 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8222 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 8223 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 8224 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 8225 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 8226 8227 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 8228 } 8229 } 8230 8231 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 8232 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 8233 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 8234 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8235 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 8236 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 8237 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 8238 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 8239 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 8240 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 8241 AddToScope = false; 8242 } 8243 8244 return NewFD; 8245 } 8246 8247 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 8248 /// 8249 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 8250 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 8251 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 8252 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 8253 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 8254 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 8255 /// via InstantiateDecl). 8256 /// 8257 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 8258 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 8259 /// 8260 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 8261 /// 8262 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 8263 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8264 LookupResult &Previous, 8265 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 8266 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 8267 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 8268 8269 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 8270 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 8271 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 8272 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8273 !Previous.isShadowed(); 8274 8275 bool Redeclaration = false; 8276 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 8277 8278 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 8279 // the same name, if appropriate. 8280 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8281 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 8282 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 8283 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 8284 // function to the scope. 8285 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 8286 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8287 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 8288 Redeclaration = true; 8289 OldDecl = Candidate; 8290 } 8291 } else { 8292 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 8293 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 8294 case Ovl_Match: 8295 Redeclaration = true; 8296 break; 8297 8298 case Ovl_NonFunction: 8299 Redeclaration = true; 8300 break; 8301 8302 case Ovl_Overload: 8303 Redeclaration = false; 8304 break; 8305 } 8306 8307 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8308 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 8309 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 8310 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8311 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8312 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 8313 if (Redeclaration) 8314 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 8315 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8316 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8317 if (OverloadedDecl) 8318 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 8319 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8320 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8321 } 8322 } 8323 } 8324 8325 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 8326 if (!Redeclaration && 8327 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 8328 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8329 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 8330 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 8331 Redeclaration = true; 8332 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8333 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 8334 8335 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 8336 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8337 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8338 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8339 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8340 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 8341 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8342 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8343 } 8344 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 8345 Redeclaration = false; 8346 OldDecl = nullptr; 8347 } 8348 } 8349 } 8350 } 8351 8352 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 8353 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 8354 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 8355 // 8356 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 8357 // definition of a static member function. 8358 // 8359 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 8360 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 8361 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 8362 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 8363 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 8364 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 8365 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 8366 if (OldDecl) 8367 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 8368 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 8369 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8370 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8371 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 8372 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 8373 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 8374 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 8375 8376 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 8377 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 8378 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8379 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 8380 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 8381 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 8382 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 8383 8384 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 8385 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 8386 } 8387 } 8388 } 8389 8390 if (Redeclaration) { 8391 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 8392 // merged. 8393 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 8394 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8395 return Redeclaration; 8396 } 8397 8398 Previous.clear(); 8399 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 8400 8401 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 8402 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 8403 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 8404 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 8405 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 8406 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 8407 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 8408 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 8409 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8410 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8411 } 8412 8413 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 8414 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 8415 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 8416 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 8417 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 8418 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 8419 } 8420 8421 } else { 8422 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 8423 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 8424 8425 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 8426 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 8427 } 8428 } 8429 8430 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 8431 8432 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8433 // C++-specific checks. 8434 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8435 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 8436 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 8437 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8438 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 8439 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 8440 8441 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 8442 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 8443 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 8444 DeclarationName Name 8445 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 8446 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 8447 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 8448 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 8449 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8450 return Redeclaration; 8451 } 8452 } 8453 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 8454 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8455 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 8456 } 8457 8458 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 8459 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8460 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 8461 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 8462 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 8463 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 8464 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 8465 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8466 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 8467 } 8468 } 8469 } 8470 8471 if (Method->isStatic()) 8472 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 8473 } 8474 8475 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 8476 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 8477 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8478 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8479 return Redeclaration; 8480 } 8481 8482 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 8483 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 8484 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8485 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8486 return Redeclaration; 8487 } 8488 8489 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 8490 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 8491 // during delayed parsing anyway. 8492 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 8493 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 8494 8495 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 8496 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 8497 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 8498 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 8499 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8500 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 8501 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 8502 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 8503 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 8504 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 8505 } 8506 } 8507 8508 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 8509 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 8510 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 8511 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 8512 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 8513 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 8514 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 8515 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 8516 << NewFD << R; 8517 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 8518 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8519 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 8520 } 8521 } 8522 return Redeclaration; 8523 } 8524 8525 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 8526 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 8527 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 8528 // constexpr is ill-formed. 8529 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 8530 // appear in a declaration of main. 8531 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 8532 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 8533 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8534 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 8535 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 8536 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8537 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 8538 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 8539 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 8540 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 8541 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 8542 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 8543 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 8544 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 8545 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 8546 } 8547 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 8548 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 8549 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 8550 FD->setConstexpr(false); 8551 } 8552 8553 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8554 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 8555 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 8556 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8557 return; 8558 } 8559 8560 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8561 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8562 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8563 8564 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8565 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 8566 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 8567 // implicit-return-zero rule. 8568 8569 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 8570 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8571 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8572 else { 8573 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 8574 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8575 if (RTRange.isValid()) 8576 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 8577 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 8578 } 8579 } else { 8580 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 8581 // set the flag which tells us that. 8582 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 8583 8584 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 8585 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8586 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8587 else { 8588 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 8589 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8590 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8591 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8592 : FixItHint()); 8593 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8594 } 8595 } 8596 8597 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8598 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8599 8600 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8601 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8602 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8603 8604 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8605 8606 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 8607 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 8608 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 8609 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 8610 } 8611 8612 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8613 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8614 // getting shifty. 8615 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8616 HasExtraParameters = false; 8617 8618 if (HasExtraParameters) { 8619 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 8620 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8621 nparams = 3; 8622 } 8623 8624 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 8625 // if we had some location information about types. 8626 8627 QualType CharPP = 8628 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 8629 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 8630 8631 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 8632 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 8633 8634 bool mismatch = true; 8635 8636 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 8637 mismatch = false; 8638 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 8639 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 8640 // char const ** 8641 // char const * const * 8642 // char * const * 8643 8644 QualifierCollector qs; 8645 const PointerType* PT; 8646 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8647 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8648 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 8649 Context.CharTy)) { 8650 qs.removeConst(); 8651 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 8652 } 8653 } 8654 8655 if (mismatch) { 8656 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 8657 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 8658 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8659 } 8660 } 8661 8662 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8663 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 8664 } 8665 8666 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8667 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8668 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8669 } 8670 } 8671 8672 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8673 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8674 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8675 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8676 8677 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 8678 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 8679 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 8680 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 8681 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 8682 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 8683 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 8684 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8685 8686 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8687 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8688 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8689 } 8690 } 8691 8692 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 8693 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 8694 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 8695 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 8696 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 8697 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 8698 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 8699 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 8700 // rules there don't matter.) 8701 const Expr *Culprit; 8702 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8703 return false; 8704 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 8705 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8706 return true; 8707 } 8708 8709 namespace { 8710 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 8711 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 8712 class SelfReferenceChecker 8713 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 8714 Sema &S; 8715 Decl *OrigDecl; 8716 bool isRecordType; 8717 bool isPODType; 8718 bool isReferenceType; 8719 8720 bool isInitList; 8721 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 8722 public: 8723 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 8724 8725 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 8726 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 8727 isPODType = false; 8728 isRecordType = false; 8729 isReferenceType = false; 8730 isInitList = false; 8731 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 8732 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 8733 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 8734 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 8735 } 8736 } 8737 8738 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 8739 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 8740 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 8741 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 8742 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 8743 if (!InitList) { 8744 Visit(E); 8745 return; 8746 } 8747 8748 // Track and increment the index here. 8749 isInitList = true; 8750 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 8751 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 8752 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 8753 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 8754 } 8755 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 8756 } 8757 8758 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 8759 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 8760 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 8761 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 8762 Expr *Base = E; 8763 bool ReferenceField = false; 8764 8765 // Get the field memebers used. 8766 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8767 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 8768 if (!FD) 8769 return false; 8770 Fields.push_back(FD); 8771 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 8772 ReferenceField = true; 8773 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8774 } 8775 8776 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 8777 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 8778 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 8779 return false; 8780 8781 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 8782 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 8783 return true; 8784 8785 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 8786 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 8787 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 8788 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 8789 8790 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 8791 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 8792 // initialized, then the use is safe. 8793 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 8794 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 8795 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 8796 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 8797 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 8798 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 8799 return true; 8800 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 8801 break; 8802 } 8803 8804 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 8805 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8806 return true; 8807 } 8808 8809 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 8810 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 8811 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 8812 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 8813 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8814 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 8815 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8816 return; 8817 } 8818 8819 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8820 Visit(CO->getCond()); 8821 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 8822 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 8823 return; 8824 } 8825 8826 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 8827 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8828 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 8829 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 8830 return; 8831 } 8832 8833 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 8834 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 8835 return; 8836 } 8837 8838 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 8839 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 8840 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 8841 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 8842 return; 8843 } 8844 } 8845 8846 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 8847 if (isInitList) { 8848 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 8849 false /*CheckReference*/)) 8850 return; 8851 } 8852 8853 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8854 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8855 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 8856 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8857 return; 8858 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8859 } 8860 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 8861 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8862 return; 8863 } 8864 8865 Visit(E); 8866 } 8867 8868 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 8869 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 8870 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 8871 if (isReferenceType) 8872 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 8873 } 8874 8875 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 8876 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 8877 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8878 return; 8879 } 8880 8881 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 8882 } 8883 8884 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 8885 if (isInitList) { 8886 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 8887 return; 8888 } 8889 8890 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 8891 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 8892 8893 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 8894 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 8895 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 8896 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 8897 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8898 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8899 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8900 Warn = false; 8901 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8902 } 8903 8904 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 8905 if (Warn) 8906 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8907 return; 8908 } 8909 8910 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 8911 // Visit that expression. 8912 Visit(Base); 8913 } 8914 8915 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 8916 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 8917 8918 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 8919 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 8920 8921 Visit(Callee); 8922 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 8923 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 8924 } 8925 8926 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 8927 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 8928 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 8929 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 8930 if (!isPODType) 8931 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8932 return; 8933 } 8934 8935 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 8936 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8937 return; 8938 } 8939 8940 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 8941 } 8942 8943 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 8944 8945 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 8946 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 8947 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 8948 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8949 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 8950 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 8951 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8952 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 8953 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 8954 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 8955 return; 8956 } 8957 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 8958 } 8959 8960 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 8961 // Treat std::move as a use. 8962 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 8963 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 8964 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 8965 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 8966 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 8967 return; 8968 } 8969 } 8970 } 8971 8972 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 8973 } 8974 8975 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 8976 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 8977 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 8978 Visit(E->getRHS()); 8979 return; 8980 } 8981 8982 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 8983 } 8984 8985 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 8986 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 8987 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 8988 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 8989 Visit(E->getCond()); 8990 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 8991 } 8992 8993 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 8994 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 8995 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 8996 unsigned diag; 8997 if (isReferenceType) { 8998 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 8999 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 9000 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 9001 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9002 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9003 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 9004 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 9005 } else { 9006 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 9007 return; 9008 } 9009 9010 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 9011 S.PDiag(diag) 9012 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 9013 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 9014 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 9015 } 9016 }; 9017 9018 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 9019 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 9020 bool DirectInit) { 9021 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 9022 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 9023 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 9024 return; 9025 9026 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9027 9028 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 9029 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 9030 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 9031 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 9032 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 9033 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 9034 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 9035 return; 9036 9037 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 9038 } 9039 } 9040 9041 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 9042 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 9043 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 9044 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 9045 Expr *Init) { 9046 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 9047 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 9048 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 9049 9050 ArrayRef<Expr *> DeduceInits = Init; 9051 if (DirectInit) { 9052 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 9053 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 9054 else if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9055 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 9056 } 9057 9058 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 9059 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 9060 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 9061 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 9062 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9063 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 9064 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 9065 << Name << Type << Range; 9066 return QualType(); 9067 } 9068 9069 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 9070 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(), 9071 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 9072 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 9073 << Name << Type << Range; 9074 return QualType(); 9075 } 9076 9077 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 9078 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 9079 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9080 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 9081 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 9082 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << Name << Type << Range; 9083 return QualType(); 9084 } 9085 9086 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 9087 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 9088 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 9089 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 9090 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9091 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9092 return QualType(); 9093 } 9094 Init = Result.get(); 9095 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 9096 } 9097 9098 QualType DeducedType; 9099 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 9100 if (!IsInitCapture) 9101 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 9102 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9103 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 9104 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 9105 << Name 9106 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9107 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9108 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9109 else 9110 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 9111 << Name << TSI->getType() 9112 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9113 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9114 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9115 } 9116 9117 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 9118 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 9119 // checks. 9120 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 9121 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 9122 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedAnyToId && 9123 !IsInitCapture && !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 9124 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9125 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << Name << Range; 9126 } 9127 9128 return DeducedType; 9129 } 9130 9131 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 9132 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 9133 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 9134 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 9135 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9136 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 9137 // the initializer. 9138 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9139 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 9140 return; 9141 } 9142 9143 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9144 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 9145 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 9146 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 9147 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 9148 return; 9149 } 9150 9151 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 9152 if (!VDecl) { 9153 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 9154 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 9155 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9156 return; 9157 } 9158 9159 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 9160 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 9161 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 9162 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 9163 // TypoExpr. 9164 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 9165 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 9166 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9167 return; 9168 } 9169 Init = Res.get(); 9170 9171 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 9172 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), 9173 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 9174 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 9175 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9176 return; 9177 } 9178 9179 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 9180 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 9181 9182 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 9183 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 9184 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9185 9186 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 9187 // the previously declared type. 9188 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 9189 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 9190 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 9191 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 9192 } 9193 9194 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 9195 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 9196 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9197 return; 9198 } 9199 9200 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 9201 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 9202 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 9203 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9204 return; 9205 } 9206 9207 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 9208 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 9209 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 9210 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9211 return; 9212 } 9213 9214 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 9215 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 9216 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 9217 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 9218 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 9219 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 9220 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 9221 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 9222 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9223 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9224 return; 9225 } 9226 9227 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9228 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 9229 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9230 AbstractVariableType)) 9231 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9232 } 9233 9234 VarDecl *Def; 9235 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 9236 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 9237 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 9238 (VDecl->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 9239 VDecl->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 9240 VDecl->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 9241 VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 9242 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 9243 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 9244 } else { 9245 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 9246 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9247 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9248 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9249 return; 9250 } 9251 } 9252 9253 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9254 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 9255 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 9256 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9257 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 9258 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 9259 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 9260 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 9261 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 9262 // 9263 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 9264 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 9265 // declaration with an initializer. 9266 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 9267 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 9268 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9269 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 9270 diag::note_previous_initializer) 9271 << 0; 9272 return; 9273 } 9274 9275 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 9276 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9277 9278 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 9279 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9280 return; 9281 } 9282 } 9283 9284 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 9285 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 9286 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 9287 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 9288 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9289 return; 9290 } 9291 9292 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 9293 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 9294 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 9295 9296 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 9297 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 9298 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 9299 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 9300 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9301 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9302 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9303 return; 9304 } 9305 Init = Result.get(); 9306 } 9307 9308 // Perform the initialization. 9309 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 9310 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9311 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 9312 InitializationKind Kind = 9313 DirectInit 9314 ? CXXDirectInit 9315 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 9316 Init->getLocStart(), 9317 Init->getLocEnd()) 9318 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(VDecl->getLocation()) 9319 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 9320 Init->getLocStart()); 9321 9322 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 9323 if (CXXDirectInit) 9324 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 9325 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 9326 9327 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 9328 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 9329 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 9330 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 9331 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 9332 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 9333 }); 9334 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 9335 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9336 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 9337 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 9338 } 9339 } 9340 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9341 return; 9342 9343 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 9344 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 9345 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9346 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9347 return; 9348 } 9349 9350 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 9351 } 9352 9353 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 9354 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 9355 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 9356 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 9357 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 9358 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 9359 } 9360 9361 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 9362 // completed by the initializer. For example: 9363 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 9364 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 9365 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 9366 VDecl->setType(DclT); 9367 9368 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9369 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 9370 9371 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 9372 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 9373 9374 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 9375 // Although this code can still have problems: 9376 // id x = self.weakProp; 9377 // id y = self.weakProp; 9378 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 9379 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 9380 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 9381 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 9382 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 9383 Init->getLocStart())) 9384 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 9385 } 9386 9387 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 9388 // 9389 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 9390 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 9391 // full-expression. For instance, in: 9392 // 9393 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 9394 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 9395 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 9396 // 9397 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 9398 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 9399 false, 9400 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 9401 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9402 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9403 return; 9404 } 9405 Init = Result.get(); 9406 9407 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 9408 VDecl->setInit(Init); 9409 9410 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 9411 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 9412 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 9413 // C++ does not have this restriction. 9414 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9415 const Expr *Culprit; 9416 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9417 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9418 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 9419 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 9420 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 9421 // constant expressions. 9422 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 9423 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 9424 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9425 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 9426 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 9427 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9428 } 9429 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 9430 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 9431 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 9432 // 9433 // struct S { 9434 // static const int value = 17; 9435 // }; 9436 9437 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 9438 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 9439 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 9440 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 9441 // 9442 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 9443 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 9444 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9445 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 9446 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 9447 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 9448 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 9449 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 9450 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 9451 9452 // Do nothing on dependent types. 9453 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 9454 9455 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 9456 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 9457 // type. 9458 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 9459 9460 // Require constness. 9461 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 9462 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 9463 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9464 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9465 9466 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 9467 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9468 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 9469 SourceLocation Loc; 9470 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 9471 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 9472 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 9473 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 9474 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 9475 ; // Nothing to check. 9476 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 9477 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 9478 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9479 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 9480 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 9481 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9482 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9483 } else { 9484 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 9485 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 9486 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9487 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9488 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9489 } 9490 9491 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 9492 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 9493 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 9494 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 9495 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 9496 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 9497 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9498 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9499 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 9500 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9501 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9502 } else { 9503 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 9504 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9505 9506 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9507 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9508 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9509 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9510 } 9511 } 9512 9513 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 9514 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 9515 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 9516 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 9517 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9518 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 9519 9520 } else { 9521 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 9522 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9523 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9524 } 9525 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 9526 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 9527 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 9528 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 9529 VDecl->isExternC())) && 9530 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 9531 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 9532 9533 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 9534 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9535 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9536 } 9537 9538 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 9539 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 9540 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 9541 // 9542 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 9543 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 9544 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 9545 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 9546 // special case code. 9547 9548 // C++ 8.5p11: 9549 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 9550 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 9551 // class type. 9552 if (CXXDirectInit) { 9553 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 9554 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9555 } else if (DirectInit) { 9556 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 9557 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 9558 } 9559 9560 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 9561 } 9562 9563 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 9564 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 9565 /// of sanity. 9566 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 9567 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 9568 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 9569 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9570 9571 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9572 if (!VD) return; 9573 9574 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 9575 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 9576 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9577 return; 9578 } 9579 9580 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 9581 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 9582 9583 // Require a complete type. 9584 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 9585 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 9586 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9587 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9588 return; 9589 } 9590 9591 // Require a non-abstract type. 9592 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 9593 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9594 AbstractVariableType)) { 9595 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9596 return; 9597 } 9598 9599 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 9600 // though. 9601 } 9602 9603 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 9604 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9605 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 9606 if (!RealDecl) 9607 return; 9608 9609 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9610 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 9611 9612 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 9613 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 9614 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 9615 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 9616 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9617 return; 9618 } 9619 9620 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 9621 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 9622 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 9623 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 9624 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 9625 // member. 9626 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9627 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 9628 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9629 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 9630 << Var->getDeclName(); 9631 else 9632 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 9633 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9634 return; 9635 } 9636 9637 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A variable template 9638 // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A 9639 // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer. 9640 if (Var->isConcept()) { 9641 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized); 9642 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9643 return; 9644 } 9645 9646 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 9647 // be initialized. 9648 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9649 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 9650 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 9651 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 9652 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9653 return; 9654 } 9655 9656 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9657 case VarDecl::Definition: 9658 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 9659 break; 9660 9661 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 9662 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 9663 // a declaration. 9664 // 9665 // Fall through 9666 9667 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 9668 // It's only a declaration. 9669 9670 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 9671 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 9672 // object shall be complete. 9673 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 9674 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9675 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9676 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 9677 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9678 9679 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 9680 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9681 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9682 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9683 AbstractVariableType)) 9684 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9685 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9686 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 9687 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 9688 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 9689 } 9690 9691 return; 9692 9693 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 9694 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 9695 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 9696 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 9697 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 9698 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 9699 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 9700 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 9701 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 9702 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9703 ArrayT->getElementType(), 9704 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 9705 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9706 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9707 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 9708 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 9709 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 9710 // NOTE: code such as the following 9711 // static struct s; 9712 // struct s { int a; }; 9713 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 9714 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 9715 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 9716 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 9717 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9718 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 9719 } 9720 } 9721 9722 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 9723 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9724 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 9725 return; 9726 } 9727 9728 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9729 // definitions with incomplete array type. 9730 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 9731 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9732 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 9733 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9734 return; 9735 } 9736 9737 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9738 // definitions with reference type. 9739 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 9740 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 9741 << Var->getDeclName() 9742 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 9743 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9744 return; 9745 } 9746 9747 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 9748 // variable with dependent type. 9749 if (Type->isDependentType()) 9750 return; 9751 9752 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9753 return; 9754 9755 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9756 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9757 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 9758 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9759 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9760 return; 9761 } 9762 } else { 9763 return; 9764 } 9765 9766 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9767 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9768 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9769 AbstractVariableType)) { 9770 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9771 return; 9772 } 9773 9774 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 9775 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 9776 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 9777 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 9778 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 9779 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 9780 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 9781 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 9782 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 9783 // types and is declared without an initializer. 9784 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9785 if (const RecordType *Record 9786 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9787 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 9788 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 9789 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 9790 // incompatibilities with C++98. 9791 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 9792 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9793 } 9794 } 9795 9796 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 9797 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 9798 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 9799 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 9800 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 9801 // type shall have a user-declared default 9802 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 9803 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 9804 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 9805 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 9806 // program is ill-formed. 9807 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 9808 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 9809 // default-initialized; [...]. 9810 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 9811 InitializationKind Kind 9812 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 9813 9814 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9815 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9816 if (Init.isInvalid()) 9817 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9818 else if (Init.get()) { 9819 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 9820 // This is important for template substitution. 9821 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9822 } 9823 9824 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 9825 } 9826 } 9827 9828 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 9829 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9830 if (!VD) { 9831 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 9832 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9833 return; 9834 } 9835 9836 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9837 9838 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 9839 int Error = -1; 9840 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 9841 case SC_None: 9842 break; 9843 case SC_Extern: 9844 Error = 0; 9845 break; 9846 case SC_Static: 9847 Error = 1; 9848 break; 9849 case SC_PrivateExtern: 9850 Error = 2; 9851 break; 9852 case SC_Auto: 9853 Error = 3; 9854 break; 9855 case SC_Register: 9856 Error = 4; 9857 break; 9858 } 9859 if (Error != -1) { 9860 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 9861 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 9862 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9863 } 9864 } 9865 9866 StmtResult 9867 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 9868 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 9869 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 9870 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 9871 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 9872 // A range-based for statement of the form 9873 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9874 // is equivalent to 9875 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9876 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9877 9878 const char *PrevSpec; 9879 unsigned DiagID; 9880 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 9881 getPrintingPolicy()); 9882 9883 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 9884 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 9885 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 9886 9887 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9888 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 9889 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 9890 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 9891 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9892 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 9893 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 9894 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 9895 } 9896 9897 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 9898 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9899 9900 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 9901 // local retaining variable. 9902 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 9903 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9904 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 9905 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9906 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9907 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9908 break; 9909 9910 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9911 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9912 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9913 break; 9914 } 9915 } 9916 9917 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 9918 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 9919 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 9920 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 9921 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 9922 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9923 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 9924 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 9925 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 9926 var->getLocation())) { 9927 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 9928 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 9929 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 9930 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 9931 9932 if (!prev) 9933 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 9934 } 9935 9936 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 9937 const Expr *Culprit; 9938 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 9939 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 9940 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 9941 // have a non-trivial destructor. 9942 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 9943 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9944 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9945 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 9946 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 9947 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 9948 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 9949 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 9950 // initialization. 9951 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 9952 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 9953 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9954 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9955 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9956 } 9957 9958 } 9959 9960 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 9961 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 9962 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9963 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9964 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 9965 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 9966 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 9967 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 9968 else if (!var->getInit()) { 9969 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 9970 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9971 } else { 9972 Stack = &DataSegStack; 9973 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9974 } 9975 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 9976 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 9977 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 9978 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 9979 } 9980 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 9981 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 9982 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 9983 9984 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 9985 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 9986 // attribute. 9987 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 9988 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 9989 CurInitSegLoc)); 9990 } 9991 9992 // All the following checks are C++ only. 9993 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 9994 9995 QualType type = var->getType(); 9996 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 9997 9998 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 9999 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10000 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 10001 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 10002 10003 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 10004 // constructing this copy. 10005 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 10006 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 10007 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 10008 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 10009 ExprResult result 10010 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 10011 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 10012 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 10013 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 10014 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 10015 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 10016 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 10017 } 10018 } 10019 } 10020 10021 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 10022 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 10023 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 10024 10025 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 10026 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 10027 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 10028 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 10029 var->getLocation())) { 10030 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 10031 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 10032 // warned about them. 10033 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 10034 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 10035 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 10036 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 10037 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10038 } 10039 10040 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 10041 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 10042 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 10043 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 10044 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 10045 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 10046 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 10047 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 10048 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 10049 Notes.clear(); 10050 } 10051 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 10052 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 10053 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 10054 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 10055 } 10056 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 10057 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 10058 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 10059 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 10060 var->checkInitIsICE(); 10061 } 10062 } 10063 10064 // Require the destructor. 10065 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 10066 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 10067 } 10068 10069 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 10070 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 10071 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 10072 return true; 10073 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 10074 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 10075 return true; 10076 return false; 10077 } 10078 10079 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 10080 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 10081 void 10082 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 10083 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 10084 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 10085 10086 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 10087 if (!VD) 10088 return; 10089 10090 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 10091 10092 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 10093 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 10094 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 10095 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 10096 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 10097 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 10098 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) { 10099 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 10100 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 10101 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 10102 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 10103 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 10104 } 10105 } 10106 } 10107 10108 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 10109 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 10110 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 10111 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 10112 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 10113 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 10114 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 10115 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 10116 } 10117 } 10118 } 10119 10120 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 10121 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 10122 10123 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 10124 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 10125 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 10126 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10127 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 10128 // with a warning. 10129 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 10130 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 10131 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 10132 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 10133 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 10134 10135 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 10136 IsClassTemplateMember 10137 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 10138 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 10139 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10140 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 10141 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10142 } 10143 } 10144 10145 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 10146 // isn't exported with the variable. 10147 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 10148 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 10149 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 10150 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 10151 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 10152 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 10153 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 10154 } else { 10155 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 10156 << DLLAttr; 10157 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10158 } 10159 } 10160 10161 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 10162 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10163 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 10164 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 10165 } 10166 } 10167 10168 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 10169 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 10170 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 10171 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 10172 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 10173 10174 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 10175 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 10176 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 10177 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 10178 10179 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 10180 // tag values. 10181 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 10182 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 10183 return; 10184 10185 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 10186 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 10187 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 10188 continue; 10189 } 10190 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 10191 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 10192 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10193 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 10194 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10195 continue; 10196 } 10197 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 10198 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10199 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 10200 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10201 continue; 10202 } 10203 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 10204 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 10205 MagicValue, 10206 I->getMatchingCType(), 10207 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 10208 I->getMustBeNull()); 10209 } 10210 } 10211 10212 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 10213 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10214 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 10215 10216 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 10217 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 10218 10219 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 10220 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10221 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 10222 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 10223 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 10224 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 10225 Decls.push_back(D); 10226 } 10227 10228 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 10229 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 10230 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 10231 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 10232 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10233 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 10234 } 10235 } 10236 10237 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 10238 } 10239 10240 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 10241 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 10242 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 10243 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 10244 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 10245 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 10246 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 10247 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 10248 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 10249 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 10250 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 10251 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 10252 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 10253 QualType Deduced; 10254 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 10255 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 10256 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10257 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 10258 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 10259 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 10260 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 10261 break; 10262 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 10263 if (!U.isNull()) { 10264 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 10265 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 10266 Deduced = U; 10267 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 10268 DeducedDecl = D; 10269 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 10270 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 10271 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 10272 << (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() 10273 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 10274 << U << D->getDeclName() 10275 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 10276 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 10277 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10278 break; 10279 } 10280 } 10281 } 10282 } 10283 } 10284 10285 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 10286 10287 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 10288 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 10289 } 10290 10291 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 10292 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 10293 } 10294 10295 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10296 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 10297 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 10298 return; 10299 10300 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 10301 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 10302 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 10303 Group[0]->getLocation())) 10304 return; 10305 10306 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 10307 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 10308 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 10309 // additional declaration references: 10310 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 10311 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 10312 // 'struct S *pS;' 10313 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 10314 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 10315 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 10316 Group = Group.slice(1); 10317 } 10318 } 10319 10320 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 10321 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 10322 if (!Comments.empty() && 10323 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 10324 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 10325 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 10326 // 10327 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 10328 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 10329 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 10330 // ahead through comments. 10331 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10332 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 10333 } 10334 } 10335 10336 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 10337 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 10338 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 10339 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 10340 10341 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 10342 10343 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 10344 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 10345 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 10346 SC = SC_Register; 10347 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10348 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 10349 SC = SC_Auto; 10350 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 10351 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 10352 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 10353 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 10354 } 10355 10356 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 10357 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 10358 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 10359 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 10360 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 10361 << 0; 10362 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) 10363 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 10364 10365 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 10366 10367 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10368 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 10369 10370 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10371 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 10372 // parameter. 10373 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 10374 10375 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 10376 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 10377 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 10378 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 10379 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 10380 } 10381 } 10382 10383 // Ensure we have a valid name 10384 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 10385 if (D.hasName()) { 10386 II = D.getIdentifier(); 10387 if (!II) { 10388 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 10389 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 10390 D.setInvalidType(true); 10391 } 10392 } 10393 10394 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 10395 if (II) { 10396 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 10397 ForRedeclaration); 10398 LookupName(R, S); 10399 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 10400 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 10401 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10402 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10403 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 10404 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10405 PrevDecl = nullptr; 10406 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 10407 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 10408 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10409 10410 // Recover by removing the name 10411 II = nullptr; 10412 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 10413 D.setInvalidType(true); 10414 } 10415 } 10416 } 10417 10418 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 10419 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 10420 // looking like class members in C++. 10421 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 10422 D.getLocStart(), 10423 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 10424 parmDeclType, TInfo, 10425 SC); 10426 10427 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10428 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10429 10430 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 10431 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 10432 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 10433 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 10434 10435 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 10436 S->AddDecl(New); 10437 if (II) 10438 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 10439 10440 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 10441 10442 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10443 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10444 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 10445 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10446 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10447 10448 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10449 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 10450 } 10451 return New; 10452 } 10453 10454 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 10455 /// typedef. 10456 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 10457 SourceLocation Loc, 10458 QualType T) { 10459 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 10460 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 10461 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 10462 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 10463 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 10464 SC_None, nullptr); 10465 Param->setImplicit(); 10466 return Param; 10467 } 10468 10469 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10470 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 10471 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 10472 // will already have done so in the template itself. 10473 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 10474 return; 10475 10476 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10477 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 10478 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 10479 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 10480 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 10481 } 10482 } 10483 } 10484 10485 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10486 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 10487 QualType ReturnTy, 10488 NamedDecl *D) { 10489 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 10490 return; 10491 10492 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10493 // threshold. 10494 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 10495 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 10496 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10497 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 10498 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 10499 } 10500 10501 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10502 // threshold. 10503 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10504 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 10505 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 10506 continue; 10507 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 10508 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10509 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 10510 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 10511 } 10512 } 10513 10514 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 10515 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 10516 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 10517 StorageClass SC) { 10518 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 10519 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 10520 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 10521 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 10522 10523 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 10524 10525 // Special cases for arrays: 10526 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 10527 // - otherwise, it's an error 10528 if (T->isArrayType()) { 10529 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 10530 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 10531 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 10532 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 10533 } 10534 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 10535 } else { 10536 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 10537 } 10538 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 10539 } 10540 10541 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 10542 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 10543 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 10544 10545 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 10546 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 10547 // the class has been completely parsed. 10548 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 10549 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10550 AbstractParamType)) 10551 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10552 10553 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 10554 // passed by reference. 10555 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 10556 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 10557 Diag(NameLoc, 10558 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 10559 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 10560 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 10561 New->setType(T); 10562 } 10563 10564 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 10565 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 10566 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 10567 // an address space. 10568 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 10569 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 10570 // to be qualified with an address space. 10571 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 10572 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 10573 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10574 } 10575 } 10576 10577 return New; 10578 } 10579 10580 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 10581 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 10582 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 10583 10584 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 10585 // for a K&R function. 10586 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 10587 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 10588 --i; 10589 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 10590 SmallString<256> Code; 10591 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 10592 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 10593 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 10594 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 10595 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 10596 10597 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 10598 // type. 10599 AttributeFactory attrs; 10600 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 10601 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 10602 unsigned DiagID; // unused 10603 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 10604 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10605 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 10606 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10607 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10608 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 10609 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10610 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 10611 } 10612 } 10613 } 10614 } 10615 10616 Decl * 10617 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 10618 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 10619 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10620 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 10621 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 10622 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 10623 10624 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 10625 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 10626 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 10627 } 10628 10629 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) { 10630 Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D); 10631 } 10632 10633 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 10634 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10635 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 10636 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10637 return false; 10638 10639 // Or declarations that aren't global. 10640 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 10641 return false; 10642 10643 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 10644 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 10645 return false; 10646 10647 // Don't warn about 'main'. 10648 if (FD->isMain()) 10649 return false; 10650 10651 // Don't warn about inline functions. 10652 if (FD->isInlined()) 10653 return false; 10654 10655 // Don't warn about function templates. 10656 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10657 return false; 10658 10659 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 10660 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 10661 return false; 10662 10663 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 10664 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 10665 return false; 10666 10667 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 10668 if (FD->isDeleted()) 10669 return false; 10670 10671 bool MissingPrototype = true; 10672 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 10673 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 10674 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 10675 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 10676 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10677 continue; 10678 10679 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 10680 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 10681 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 10682 break; 10683 } 10684 10685 return MissingPrototype; 10686 } 10687 10688 void 10689 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 10690 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 10691 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10692 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 10693 // was an extern inline function. 10694 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 10695 if (!Definition) 10696 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 10697 return; 10698 10699 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 10700 return; 10701 10702 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 10703 // a template, skip the new definition. 10704 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 10705 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 10706 Definition->isInlined() || 10707 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 10708 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 10709 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 10710 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10711 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation()); 10712 else 10713 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition), 10714 FD->getLocation()); 10715 return; 10716 } 10717 10718 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 10719 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 10720 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 10721 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 10722 else 10723 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 10724 10725 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10726 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10727 } 10728 10729 10730 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 10731 Sema &S) { 10732 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 10733 10734 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 10735 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 10736 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 10737 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 10738 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 10739 10740 if (LCD == LCD_None) 10741 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 10742 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 10743 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 10744 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 10745 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 10746 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 10747 10748 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 10749 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 10750 10751 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 10752 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 10753 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 10754 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 10755 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 10756 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 10757 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 10758 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 10759 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 10760 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 10761 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 10762 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 10763 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 10764 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 10765 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10766 10767 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 10768 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 10769 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10770 } else { 10771 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 10772 } 10773 ++I; 10774 } 10775 } 10776 10777 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 10778 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10779 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 10780 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 10781 10782 if (!D) 10783 return D; 10784 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 10785 10786 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 10787 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 10788 else 10789 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 10790 10791 // See if this is a redefinition. 10792 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 10793 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 10794 10795 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 10796 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 10797 return D; 10798 } 10799 10800 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 10801 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 10802 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 10803 // LambdaScopeInfo. 10804 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 10805 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 10806 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 10807 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 10808 // have the LSI properly restored. 10809 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 10810 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 10811 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 10812 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 10813 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 10814 } 10815 else 10816 // Enter a new function scope 10817 PushFunctionScope(); 10818 10819 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 10820 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10821 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 10822 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 10823 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 10824 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10825 } 10826 } 10827 10828 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 10829 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 10830 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 10831 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 10832 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10833 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 10834 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 10835 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10836 10837 if (FnBodyScope) 10838 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 10839 10840 // Check the validity of our function parameters 10841 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10842 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 10843 10844 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 10845 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 10846 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 10847 10848 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10849 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 10850 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 10851 10852 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 10853 } 10854 } 10855 10856 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 10857 // introduce them into the function scope. 10858 if (FnBodyScope) { 10859 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 10860 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 10861 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 10862 I != E; ++I) { 10863 NamedDecl *D = *I; 10864 10865 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the 10866 // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove 10867 // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context. 10868 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 10869 // Is the decl actually in the context? 10870 for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) { 10871 if (DI == D) { 10872 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 10873 break; 10874 } 10875 } 10876 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 10877 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10878 } 10879 10880 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 10881 if (!D->getName().empty()) 10882 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10883 10884 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 10885 // accessible in this scope. 10886 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 10887 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 10888 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10889 } 10890 } 10891 } 10892 10893 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 10894 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10895 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 10896 10897 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 10898 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 10899 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 10900 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 10901 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 10902 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10903 return D; 10904 } 10905 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 10906 // a function template). 10907 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 10908 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10909 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 10910 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 10911 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 10912 10913 return D; 10914 } 10915 10916 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 10917 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 10918 /// optimization. 10919 /// 10920 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 10921 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 10922 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 10923 /// use the named return value optimization. 10924 /// 10925 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 10926 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 10927 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 10928 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 10929 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 10930 10931 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 10932 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 10933 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 10934 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 10935 } 10936 } 10937 } 10938 10939 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 10940 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 10941 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 10942 return false; 10943 10944 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 10945 // return type (yet). 10946 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 10947 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 10948 // we can still delay parsing it. 10949 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 10950 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 10951 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 10952 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 10953 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 10954 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 10955 } 10956 } 10957 return false; 10958 } 10959 10960 return true; 10961 } 10962 10963 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 10964 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 10965 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 10966 // rest of the file. 10967 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 10968 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 10969 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 10970 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 10971 return false; 10972 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 10973 } 10974 10975 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 10976 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 10977 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10978 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 10979 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10980 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr); 10981 } 10982 10983 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 10984 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 10985 } 10986 10987 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 10988 bool IsInstantiation) { 10989 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 10990 10991 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 10992 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 10993 10994 if (getLangOpts().Coroutines && !getCurFunction()->CoroutineStmts.empty()) 10995 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 10996 10997 if (FD) { 10998 FD->setBody(Body); 10999 11000 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 11001 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 11002 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 11003 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 11004 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 11005 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 11006 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 11007 << FD->getReturnType(); 11008 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11009 } else { 11010 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 11011 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 11012 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 11013 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 11014 } 11015 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 11016 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 11017 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 11018 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 11019 11020 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 11021 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 11022 // [the deduced type is] the type void 11023 QualType RetType = 11024 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 11025 11026 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 11027 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 11028 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 11029 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 11030 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 11031 } 11032 } 11033 11034 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 11035 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 11036 // is the first declaration. 11037 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 11038 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 11039 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11040 else if (FD->isInlined() && 11041 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 11042 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 11043 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11044 } 11045 11046 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 11047 // don't complain about missing return statements. 11048 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 11049 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 11050 11051 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 11052 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 11053 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 11054 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 11055 11056 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11057 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 11058 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 11059 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 11060 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 11061 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 11062 11063 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 11064 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 11065 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 11066 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 11067 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 11068 11069 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 11070 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 11071 // to deduce an implicit return type. 11072 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 11073 !FD->isDependentContext()) 11074 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11075 } 11076 11077 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 11078 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 11079 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 11080 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 11081 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 11082 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 11083 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 11084 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 11085 11086 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11087 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 11088 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 11089 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 11090 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 11091 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 11092 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 11093 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 11094 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 11095 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 11096 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 11097 } 11098 } 11099 } 11100 11101 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 11102 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 11103 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 11104 MD->isVirtual() && 11105 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 11106 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 11107 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 11108 if (FD->isInlined() && 11109 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 11110 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 11111 11112 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 11113 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 11114 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 11115 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 11116 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 11117 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11118 } else { 11119 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 11120 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11121 } 11122 } 11123 } 11124 11125 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 11126 "Function parsing confused"); 11127 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 11128 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 11129 MD->setBody(Body); 11130 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11131 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 11132 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 11133 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 11134 11135 if (Body) 11136 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11137 } 11138 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 11139 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 11140 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 11141 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 11142 } 11143 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 11144 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 11145 bool isDesignated = 11146 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 11147 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 11148 (void)isDesignated; 11149 11150 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 11151 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 11152 if (!IFace) 11153 return false; 11154 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 11155 if (!SuperD) 11156 return false; 11157 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 11158 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 11159 }; 11160 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 11161 // of NSObject. 11162 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 11163 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11164 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 11165 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 11166 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 11167 } 11168 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 11169 } 11170 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 11171 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 11172 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 11173 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11174 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 11175 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 11176 } 11177 } else { 11178 return nullptr; 11179 } 11180 11181 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 11182 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 11183 "handled in the block above."); 11184 11185 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 11186 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 11187 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 11188 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 11189 // Verify this. 11190 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 11191 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 11192 11193 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 11194 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 11195 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 11196 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 11197 11198 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 11199 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 11200 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 11201 11202 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 11203 Destructor->getParent()); 11204 } 11205 11206 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11207 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11208 // deletion in some later function. 11209 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 11210 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 11211 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11212 } 11213 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 11214 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 11215 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 11216 // enabled. 11217 ActivePolicy = &WP; 11218 } 11219 11220 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11221 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 11222 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 11223 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11224 11225 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 11226 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 11227 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 11228 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 11229 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 11230 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11231 break; 11232 } 11233 } 11234 } 11235 11236 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 11237 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 11238 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 11239 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 11240 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 11241 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 11242 } 11243 11244 if (!IsInstantiation) 11245 PopDeclContext(); 11246 11247 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 11248 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11249 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11250 // deletion in some later function. 11251 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 11252 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11253 } 11254 11255 return dcl; 11256 } 11257 11258 11259 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 11260 /// relevant Decl. 11261 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 11262 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 11263 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 11264 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 11265 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 11266 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 11267 11268 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 11269 if (Method->isStatic()) 11270 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 11271 } 11272 11273 11274 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 11275 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 11276 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 11277 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 11278 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 11279 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 11280 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 11281 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 11282 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 11283 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 11284 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11285 return ExternCPrev; 11286 } 11287 11288 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 11289 unsigned diag_id; 11290 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 11291 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 11292 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 11293 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 11294 else 11295 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 11296 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 11297 11298 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 11299 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 11300 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 11301 TypoCorrection Corrected; 11302 if (S && 11303 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 11304 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 11305 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 11306 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 11307 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 11308 } 11309 11310 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 11311 const char *Dummy; 11312 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 11313 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 11314 unsigned DiagID; 11315 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 11316 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11317 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 11318 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 11319 SourceLocation NoLoc; 11320 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 11321 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 11322 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 11323 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11324 /*Params=*/nullptr, 11325 /*NumParams=*/0, 11326 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 11327 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11328 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 11329 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 11330 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11331 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11332 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11333 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11334 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 11335 EST_None, 11336 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 11337 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 11338 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 11339 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 11340 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 11341 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 11342 Loc, Loc, D), 11343 DS.getAttributes(), 11344 SourceLocation()); 11345 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 11346 11347 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 11348 11349 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 11350 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 11351 11352 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 11353 FD->setImplicit(); 11354 11355 CurContext = PrevDC; 11356 11357 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 11358 11359 return FD; 11360 } 11361 11362 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 11363 /// the declaration of this function. 11364 /// 11365 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 11366 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 11367 /// like NSLog or printf. 11368 /// 11369 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 11370 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 11371 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 11372 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11373 return; 11374 11375 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 11376 // actual attributes. 11377 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11378 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 11379 unsigned FormatIdx; 11380 bool HasVAListArg; 11381 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 11382 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 11383 const char *fmt = "printf"; 11384 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 11385 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 11386 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 11387 fmt = "NSString"; 11388 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11389 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 11390 FormatIdx+1, 11391 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11392 FD->getLocation())); 11393 } 11394 } 11395 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 11396 HasVAListArg)) { 11397 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11398 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11399 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 11400 FormatIdx+1, 11401 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11402 FD->getLocation())); 11403 } 11404 11405 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 11406 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 11407 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 11408 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 11409 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 11410 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11411 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11412 } 11413 11414 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 11415 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 11416 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11417 FD->getLocation())); 11418 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 11419 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11420 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11421 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11422 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads && 11423 Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 11424 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 11425 // Assign appropriate attribute depending on CUDA compilation 11426 // mode and the target builtin belongs to. E.g. during host 11427 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, the rest are __host__. 11428 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 11429 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 11430 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11431 else 11432 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11433 } 11434 } 11435 11436 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 11437 if (!Name) 11438 return; 11439 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11440 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 11441 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 11442 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 11443 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 11444 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 11445 // about. 11446 } else 11447 return; 11448 11449 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 11450 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 11451 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 11452 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11453 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11454 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 11455 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 11456 FD->getLocation())); 11457 } 11458 11459 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 11460 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 11461 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 11462 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 11463 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 11464 FD->getLocation())); 11465 } 11466 } 11467 11468 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 11469 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 11470 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 11471 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 11472 11473 if (!TInfo) { 11474 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 11475 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 11476 } 11477 11478 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 11479 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11480 D.getLocStart(), 11481 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 11482 D.getIdentifier(), 11483 TInfo); 11484 11485 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 11486 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 11487 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 11488 return NewTD; 11489 } 11490 11491 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 11492 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11493 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11494 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 11495 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11496 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11497 else 11498 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 11499 } 11500 11501 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 11502 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 11503 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 11504 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 11505 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 11506 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 11507 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 11508 case TST_enum: 11509 case TST_struct: 11510 case TST_interface: 11511 case TST_union: 11512 case TST_class: { 11513 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 11514 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 11515 break; 11516 } 11517 11518 default: 11519 break; 11520 } 11521 11522 return NewTD; 11523 } 11524 11525 11526 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 11527 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 11528 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 11529 QualType T = TI->getType(); 11530 11531 if (T->isDependentType()) 11532 return false; 11533 11534 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 11535 if (BT->isInteger()) 11536 return false; 11537 11538 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 11539 return true; 11540 } 11541 11542 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 11543 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 11544 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration( 11545 SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 11546 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) { 11547 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 11548 11549 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 11550 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 11551 << Prev->isScoped(); 11552 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11553 return true; 11554 } 11555 11556 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 11557 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 11558 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 11559 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 11560 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 11561 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 11562 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 11563 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 11564 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 11565 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 11566 return true; 11567 } 11568 } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) { 11569 ; 11570 } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) { 11571 ; 11572 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 11573 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 11574 << Prev->isFixed(); 11575 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11576 return true; 11577 } 11578 11579 return false; 11580 } 11581 11582 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 11583 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 11584 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 11585 /// 11586 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 11587 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 11588 switch (Tag) { 11589 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 11590 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 11591 case TTK_Class: return 2; 11592 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 11593 } 11594 } 11595 11596 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 11597 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 11598 /// 11599 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 11600 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 11601 { 11602 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 11603 } 11604 11605 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 11606 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 11607 /// 11608 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 11609 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 11610 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 11611 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 11612 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 11613 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 11614 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 11615 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 11616 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 11617 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 11618 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 11619 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 11620 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 11621 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 11622 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 11623 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 11624 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 11625 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 11626 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 11627 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 11628 if (OldTag == NewTag) 11629 return true; 11630 11631 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 11632 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 11633 bool isTemplate = false; 11634 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 11635 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11636 11637 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 11638 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 11639 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 11640 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11641 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11642 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11643 return true; 11644 } 11645 11646 if (isDefinition) { 11647 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 11648 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 11649 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11650 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 11651 return true; 11652 } 11653 11654 bool previousMismatch = false; 11655 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 11656 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 11657 if (!previousMismatch) { 11658 previousMismatch = true; 11659 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 11660 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11661 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 11662 } 11663 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11664 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 11665 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 11666 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 11667 } 11668 } 11669 return true; 11670 } 11671 11672 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 11673 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 11674 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 11675 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 11676 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 11677 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 11678 return true; 11679 } 11680 11681 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11682 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11683 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11684 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11685 11686 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 11687 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11688 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11689 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 11690 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 11691 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 11692 } 11693 11694 return true; 11695 } 11696 return false; 11697 } 11698 11699 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 11700 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 11701 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 11702 /// namespace N { 11703 /// struct X; 11704 /// namespace M { 11705 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 11706 /// } 11707 /// } 11708 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 11709 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11710 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 11711 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 11712 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 11713 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 11714 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11715 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 11716 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 11717 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 11718 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 11719 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 11720 return FixItHint(); 11721 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 11722 Namespaces.push_back(II); 11723 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 11724 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 11725 if (Lookup == Namespace) 11726 break; 11727 } 11728 11729 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 11730 // build an NNS. 11731 SmallString<64> Insertion; 11732 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 11733 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 11734 OS << "::"; 11735 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 11736 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 11737 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 11738 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 11739 } 11740 11741 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 11742 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 11743 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 11744 /// using-declaration). 11745 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 11746 DeclContext *NewDC) { 11747 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 11748 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 11749 11750 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 11751 return true; 11752 11753 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 11754 // encloses the other). 11755 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 11756 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 11757 return true; 11758 11759 return false; 11760 } 11761 11762 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 11763 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 11764 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 11765 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 11766 /// 11767 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 11768 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 11769 /// 11770 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 11771 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 11772 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 11773 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 11774 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 11775 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 11776 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 11777 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11778 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 11779 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 11780 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 11781 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 11782 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11783 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 11784 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 11785 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 11786 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 11787 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 11788 11789 OwnedDecl = false; 11790 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 11791 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 11792 11793 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 11794 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 11795 bool Invalid = false; 11796 11797 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 11798 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 11799 // for non-C++ cases. 11800 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 11801 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 11802 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 11803 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 11804 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 11805 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 11806 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11807 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 11808 return nullptr; 11809 } 11810 11811 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 11812 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 11813 // be a member of another template). 11814 11815 if (Invalid) 11816 return nullptr; 11817 11818 OwnedDecl = false; 11819 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 11820 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 11821 TemplateParams, AS, 11822 ModulePrivateLoc, 11823 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 11824 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 11825 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 11826 SkipBody); 11827 return Result.get(); 11828 } else { 11829 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 11830 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 11831 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 11832 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 11833 } 11834 } 11835 } 11836 11837 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 11838 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 11839 // redeclaration. 11840 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 11841 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false; 11842 11843 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11844 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 11845 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 11846 // type, default to int. 11847 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11848 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 11849 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 11850 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 11851 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 11852 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 11853 EnumUnderlying = TI; 11854 11855 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 11856 // Recover by falling back to int. 11857 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11858 11859 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 11860 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 11861 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11862 11863 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 11864 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11865 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 11866 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11867 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true; 11868 } 11869 } 11870 } 11871 11872 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 11873 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 11874 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 11875 11876 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 11877 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 11878 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 11879 11880 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 11881 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11882 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 11883 11884 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 11885 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 11886 Name = nullptr; 11887 goto CreateNewDecl; 11888 } 11889 11890 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 11891 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 11892 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11893 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 11894 if (!DC) { 11895 IsDependent = true; 11896 return nullptr; 11897 } 11898 } else { 11899 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 11900 if (!DC) { 11901 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 11902 << SS.getRange(); 11903 return nullptr; 11904 } 11905 } 11906 11907 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 11908 return nullptr; 11909 11910 SearchDC = DC; 11911 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 11912 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 11913 11914 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11915 return nullptr; 11916 11917 if (Previous.empty()) { 11918 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 11919 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 11920 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 11921 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 11922 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 11923 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 11924 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 11925 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11926 IsDependent = true; 11927 return nullptr; 11928 } 11929 11930 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 11931 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 11932 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 11933 Name = nullptr; 11934 Invalid = true; 11935 goto CreateNewDecl; 11936 } 11937 } else if (Name) { 11938 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 11939 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 11940 // name different from T: 11941 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 11942 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 11943 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 11944 return nullptr; 11945 11946 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 11947 // declaration or definition. 11948 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 11949 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 11950 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 11951 LookupName(Previous, S); 11952 11953 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 11954 // by types using'ed into this scope. 11955 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 11956 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 11957 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11958 while (F.hasNext()) { 11959 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11960 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 11961 F.erase(); 11962 } 11963 F.done(); 11964 } 11965 11966 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 11967 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 11968 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 11969 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 11970 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 11971 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 11972 // 11973 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 11974 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 11975 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 11976 // 11977 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 11978 // semantic context? 11979 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11980 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11981 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11982 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 11983 while (F.hasNext()) { 11984 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11985 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11986 if (DC->isFileContext() && 11987 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 11988 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11989 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 11990 else 11991 F.erase(); 11992 } 11993 } 11994 F.done(); 11995 11996 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 11997 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 11998 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 11999 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12000 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 12001 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 12002 } 12003 } 12004 12005 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 12006 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12007 return nullptr; 12008 12009 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 12010 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 12011 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 12012 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 12013 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 12014 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 12015 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 12016 } 12017 } 12018 12019 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 12020 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 12021 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12022 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12023 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12024 Previous.clear(); 12025 } 12026 12027 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 12028 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 12029 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 12030 isStdBadAlloc = true; 12031 12032 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 12033 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 12034 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 12035 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 12036 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 12037 } 12038 } 12039 12040 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 12041 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 12042 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 12043 // there's a shadow friend decl. 12044 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 12045 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12046 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 12047 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 12048 12049 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12050 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 12051 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 12052 // 12053 // class-key identifier 12054 // 12055 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 12056 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 12057 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 12058 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 12059 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 12060 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 12061 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 12062 // declaration. 12063 // 12064 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 12065 // C structs and unions. 12066 // 12067 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 12068 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 12069 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 12070 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 12071 // 12072 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 12073 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 12074 // 12075 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 12076 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 12077 // lexical context, 12078 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12079 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 12080 12081 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 12082 while (S->isClassScope() || 12083 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12084 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 12085 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 12086 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 12087 S = S->getParent(); 12088 } else { 12089 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 12090 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 12091 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 12092 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 12093 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 12094 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12095 } 12096 12097 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 12098 // diagnose some problems. 12099 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12100 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 12101 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 12102 } 12103 } 12104 12105 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 12106 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 12107 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 12108 12109 if (!Previous.empty()) { 12110 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12111 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12112 12113 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 12114 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 12115 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 12116 // in C++. 12117 // 12118 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 12119 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 12120 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 12121 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 12122 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12123 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12124 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 12125 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 12126 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 12127 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 12128 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 12129 PrevDecl = Tag; 12130 Previous.clear(); 12131 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 12132 Previous.resolveKind(); 12133 } 12134 } 12135 } 12136 } 12137 12138 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 12139 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 12140 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 12141 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 12142 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 12143 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 12144 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) && 12145 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 12146 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 12147 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 12148 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 12149 diag::note_using_decl_target); 12150 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 12151 << 0; 12152 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 12153 Previous.clear(); 12154 goto CreateNewDecl; 12155 } 12156 } 12157 12158 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12159 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 12160 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 12161 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 12162 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 12163 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12164 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12165 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 12166 // struct or something similar. 12167 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 12168 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 12169 Name)) { 12170 bool SafeToContinue 12171 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 12172 Kind != TTK_Enum); 12173 if (SafeToContinue) 12174 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 12175 << Name 12176 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 12177 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 12178 else 12179 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 12180 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12181 12182 if (SafeToContinue) 12183 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 12184 else { 12185 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 12186 Name = nullptr; 12187 Previous.clear(); 12188 Invalid = true; 12189 } 12190 } 12191 12192 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 12193 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 12194 12195 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 12196 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 12197 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12198 if (ScopedEnum) 12199 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 12200 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 12201 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 12202 return PrevTagDecl; 12203 } 12204 12205 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 12206 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12207 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 12208 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 12209 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 12210 12211 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 12212 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 12213 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 12214 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 12215 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 12216 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum)) 12217 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 12218 } 12219 12220 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 12221 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 12222 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 12223 // and then later defined. 12224 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 12225 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 12226 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 12227 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12228 } 12229 12230 if (!Invalid) { 12231 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 12232 // we have attributes. 12233 12234 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 12235 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 12236 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 12237 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 12238 if (!Attr && 12239 ((TUK == TUK_Reference && 12240 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) 12241 || TUK == TUK_Friend)) 12242 return PrevTagDecl; 12243 12244 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 12245 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12246 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 12247 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 12248 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 12249 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 12250 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 12251 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 12252 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 12253 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12254 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12255 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12256 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 12257 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12258 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12259 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12260 } 12261 12262 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 12263 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12264 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 12265 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 12266 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 12267 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 12268 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 12269 // use it in place of this one. 12270 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 12271 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc); 12272 return Def; 12273 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 12274 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 12275 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 12276 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 12277 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 12278 else 12279 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 12280 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12281 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 12282 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 12283 // references get the previous definition. 12284 Name = nullptr; 12285 Previous.clear(); 12286 Invalid = true; 12287 } 12288 } else { 12289 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 12290 // about a nested redefinition. 12291 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 12292 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 12293 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 12294 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 12295 diag::note_previous_definition); 12296 Name = nullptr; 12297 Previous.clear(); 12298 Invalid = true; 12299 } 12300 } 12301 12302 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 12303 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 12304 } 12305 12306 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 12307 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 12308 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 12309 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12310 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 12311 AS = AS_none; 12312 } 12313 } 12314 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 12315 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 12316 12317 } else { 12318 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 12319 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 12320 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 12321 // have distinct types. 12322 Previous.clear(); 12323 } 12324 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 12325 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 12326 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 12327 12328 12329 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 12330 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 12331 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 12332 } else { 12333 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 12334 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 12335 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 12336 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 12337 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 12338 unsigned Kind = 0; 12339 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12340 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12341 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12342 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 12343 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 12344 Invalid = true; 12345 12346 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 12347 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12348 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12349 // do nothing 12350 12351 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 12352 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12353 unsigned Kind = 0; 12354 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12355 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12356 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12357 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 12358 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12359 Invalid = true; 12360 12361 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 12362 // case here. 12363 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12364 unsigned Kind = 0; 12365 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12366 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 12367 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 12368 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12369 Invalid = true; 12370 12371 // Otherwise, diagnose. 12372 } else { 12373 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 12374 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 12375 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 12376 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12377 Name = nullptr; 12378 Invalid = true; 12379 } 12380 12381 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 12382 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 12383 Previous.clear(); 12384 } 12385 } 12386 12387 CreateNewDecl: 12388 12389 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12390 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 12391 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12392 12393 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 12394 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 12395 // keyword. 12396 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 12397 12398 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 12399 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 12400 // PrevDecl. 12401 TagDecl *New; 12402 12403 bool IsForwardReference = false; 12404 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12405 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12406 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 12407 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12408 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 12409 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 12410 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 12411 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 12412 TagDecl *Def; 12413 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 12414 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 12415 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 12416 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 12417 } 12418 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 12419 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 12420 << New; 12421 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12422 } else { 12423 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 12424 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12425 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 12426 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12427 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 12428 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 12429 12430 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 12431 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 12432 // the declaration context. 12433 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 12434 IsForwardReference = true; 12435 } 12436 } 12437 12438 if (EnumUnderlying) { 12439 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 12440 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12441 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 12442 else 12443 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 12444 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 12445 } 12446 12447 } else { 12448 // struct/union/class 12449 12450 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12451 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 12452 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12453 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 12454 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12455 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12456 12457 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 12458 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 12459 } else 12460 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12461 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12462 } 12463 12464 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 12465 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 12466 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12467 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 12468 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12469 Invalid = true; 12470 } 12471 12472 // Maybe add qualifier info. 12473 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12474 if (SS.isSet()) { 12475 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 12476 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 12477 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 12478 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 12479 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 12480 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 12481 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 12482 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 12483 Invalid = true; 12484 12485 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 12486 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 12487 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 12488 } 12489 } 12490 else 12491 Invalid = true; 12492 } 12493 12494 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 12495 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 12496 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 12497 // 12498 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 12499 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 12500 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 12501 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 12502 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 12503 // parsing of the struct). 12504 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12505 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 12506 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 12507 } 12508 } 12509 12510 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 12511 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 12512 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 12513 << 2 12514 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 12515 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 12516 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 12517 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 12518 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12519 New->setModulePrivate(); 12520 } 12521 12522 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 12523 // check the specialization. 12524 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 12525 Invalid = true; 12526 12527 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 12528 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 12529 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 12530 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 12531 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 12532 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12533 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 12534 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 12535 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 12536 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 12537 << Name; 12538 Invalid = true; 12539 } 12540 } else { 12541 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12542 } 12543 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 12544 } 12545 12546 if (Invalid) 12547 New->setInvalidDecl(); 12548 12549 if (Attr) 12550 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 12551 12552 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 12553 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 12554 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 12555 12556 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 12557 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 12558 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 12559 // the tag name visible. 12560 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 12561 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 12562 12563 // Set the access specifier. 12564 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 12565 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 12566 12567 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 12568 New->startDefinition(); 12569 12570 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 12571 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12572 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 12573 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 12574 if (PrevDecl) 12575 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 12576 12577 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12578 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12579 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 12580 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 12581 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 12582 } else if (Name) { 12583 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 12584 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 12585 if (IsForwardReference) 12586 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12587 12588 } else { 12589 CurContext->addDecl(New); 12590 } 12591 12592 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 12593 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 12594 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 12595 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 12596 II->isStr("FILE")) 12597 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 12598 12599 if (PrevDecl) 12600 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 12601 12602 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12603 // record. 12604 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 12605 12606 OwnedDecl = true; 12607 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 12608 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 12609 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 12610 } 12611 12612 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12613 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12614 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12615 12616 // Enter the tag context. 12617 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 12618 12619 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 12620 12621 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12622 // record. 12623 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 12624 } 12625 12626 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 12627 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 12628 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 12629 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 12630 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 12631 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 12632 CurContext = OCD; 12633 return IDecl; 12634 } 12635 12636 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12637 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 12638 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 12639 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 12640 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12641 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 12642 12643 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 12644 12645 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 12646 return; 12647 12648 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 12649 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 12650 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 12651 12652 // C++ [class]p2: 12653 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 12654 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 12655 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 12656 // as if it were a public member name. 12657 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 12658 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 12659 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 12660 Record->getIdentifier(), 12661 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 12662 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 12663 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 12664 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 12665 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 12666 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 12667 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 12668 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 12669 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 12670 "Broken injected-class-name"); 12671 } 12672 12673 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12674 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 12675 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12676 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12677 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 12678 12679 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12680 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12681 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 12682 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12683 RD->completeDefinition(); 12684 } 12685 12686 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 12687 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 12688 12689 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 12690 PopDeclContext(); 12691 12692 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 12693 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 12694 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 12695 12696 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 12697 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 12698 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 12699 } 12700 12701 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 12702 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 12703 PopDeclContext(); 12704 } 12705 12706 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12707 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 12708 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 12709 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 12710 } 12711 12712 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12713 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 12714 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 12715 } 12716 12717 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12718 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12719 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12720 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 12721 12722 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12723 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12724 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12725 RD->completeDefinition(); 12726 } 12727 12728 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 12729 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 12730 // the FieldCollector. 12731 12732 PopDeclContext(); 12733 } 12734 12735 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 12736 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 12737 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 12738 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 12739 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 12740 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 12741 if (ZeroWidth) 12742 *ZeroWidth = true; 12743 12744 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 12745 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 12746 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 12747 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 12748 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 12749 return ExprError(); 12750 if (FieldName) 12751 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 12752 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12753 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 12754 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12755 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 12756 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 12757 return ExprError(); 12758 12759 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 12760 // it now. 12761 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 12762 return BitWidth; 12763 12764 llvm::APSInt Value; 12765 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 12766 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 12767 return ICE; 12768 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 12769 12770 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 12771 *ZeroWidth = false; 12772 12773 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 12774 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 12775 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 12776 12777 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 12778 if (FieldName) 12779 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12780 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 12781 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12782 << Value.toString(10); 12783 } 12784 12785 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 12786 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 12787 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 12788 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 12789 12790 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 12791 // ABI. 12792 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 12793 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 12794 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 12795 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 12796 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 12797 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 12798 unsigned DiagWidth = 12799 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 12800 if (FieldName) 12801 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 12802 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12803 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 12804 12805 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 12806 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 12807 << DiagWidth; 12808 } 12809 12810 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 12811 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 12812 // 'bool'. 12813 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 12814 if (FieldName) 12815 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 12816 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12817 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 12818 else 12819 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 12820 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 12821 } 12822 } 12823 12824 return BitWidth; 12825 } 12826 12827 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 12828 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 12829 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 12830 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 12831 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 12832 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 12833 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 12834 return Res; 12835 } 12836 12837 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 12838 /// 12839 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 12840 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12841 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 12842 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12843 AccessSpecifier AS) { 12844 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12845 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12846 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12847 12848 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12849 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12850 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12851 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 12852 12853 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 12854 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 12855 D.setInvalidType(); 12856 T = Context.IntTy; 12857 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 12858 } 12859 } 12860 12861 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 12862 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 12863 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 12864 D.setInvalidType(); 12865 } 12866 12867 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 12868 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 12869 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 12870 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 12871 D.setInvalidType(); 12872 } 12873 12874 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 12875 12876 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 12877 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 12878 diag::err_invalid_thread) 12879 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 12880 12881 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 12882 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12883 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 12884 LookupName(Previous, S); 12885 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 12886 case LookupResult::Found: 12887 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 12888 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 12889 break; 12890 12891 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 12892 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12893 break; 12894 12895 case LookupResult::NotFound: 12896 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 12897 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 12898 break; 12899 } 12900 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 12901 12902 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 12903 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12904 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 12905 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12906 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12907 } 12908 12909 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 12910 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12911 12912 bool Mutable 12913 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 12914 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 12915 FieldDecl *NewFD 12916 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 12917 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 12918 12919 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 12920 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12921 12922 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12923 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 12924 12925 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 12926 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 12927 // with the same name in the same scope. 12928 } else if (II) { 12929 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 12930 } else 12931 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 12932 12933 return NewFD; 12934 } 12935 12936 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 12937 /// 12938 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 12939 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 12940 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 12941 /// created. 12942 /// 12943 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 12944 /// 12945 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 12946 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 12947 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 12948 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 12949 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 12950 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12951 SourceLocation TSSL, 12952 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 12953 Declarator *D) { 12954 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 12955 bool InvalidDecl = false; 12956 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 12957 12958 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 12959 // marking this declaration as invalid. 12960 if (T.isNull()) { 12961 InvalidDecl = true; 12962 T = Context.IntTy; 12963 } 12964 12965 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 12966 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 12967 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12968 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 12969 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12970 InvalidDecl = true; 12971 } else { 12972 NamedDecl *Def; 12973 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 12974 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 12975 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12976 InvalidDecl = true; 12977 } 12978 } 12979 } 12980 12981 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 12982 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 12983 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 12984 InvalidDecl = true; 12985 } 12986 12987 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12988 // than a variably modified type. 12989 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12990 bool SizeIsNegative; 12991 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 12992 12993 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 12994 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 12995 SizeIsNegative, 12996 Oversized); 12997 if (FixedTInfo) { 12998 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 12999 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 13000 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 13001 } else { 13002 if (SizeIsNegative) 13003 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 13004 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 13005 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 13006 << Oversized.toString(10); 13007 else 13008 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 13009 InvalidDecl = true; 13010 } 13011 } 13012 13013 // Fields can not have abstract class types 13014 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 13015 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13016 AbstractFieldType)) 13017 InvalidDecl = true; 13018 13019 bool ZeroWidth = false; 13020 if (InvalidDecl) 13021 BitWidth = nullptr; 13022 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 13023 if (BitWidth) { 13024 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 13025 &ZeroWidth).get(); 13026 if (!BitWidth) { 13027 InvalidDecl = true; 13028 BitWidth = nullptr; 13029 ZeroWidth = false; 13030 } 13031 } 13032 13033 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 13034 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 13035 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13036 if (T->isReferenceType()) 13037 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 13038 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 13039 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 13040 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 13041 13042 if (DiagID) { 13043 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 13044 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 13045 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 13046 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 13047 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 13048 Mutable = false; 13049 InvalidDecl = true; 13050 } 13051 } 13052 } 13053 13054 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 13055 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 13056 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 13057 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 13058 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 13059 13060 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 13061 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 13062 if (InvalidDecl) 13063 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13064 13065 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13066 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13067 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13068 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13069 } 13070 13071 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13072 if (Record->isUnion()) { 13073 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13074 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 13075 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 13076 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 13077 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 13078 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 13079 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 13080 // objects. 13081 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 13082 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13083 } 13084 } 13085 13086 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 13087 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 13088 // enabled. 13089 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 13090 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 13091 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 13092 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 13093 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 13094 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 13095 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13096 } 13097 } 13098 } 13099 13100 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 13101 // representation, not a parser representation. 13102 if (D) { 13103 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 13104 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 13105 13106 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 13107 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 13108 } 13109 13110 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 13111 // retainable type. 13112 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 13113 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13114 13115 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 13116 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 13117 13118 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 13119 return NewFD; 13120 } 13121 13122 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 13123 assert(FD); 13124 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 13125 13126 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 13127 return false; 13128 13129 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13130 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13131 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 13132 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 13133 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 13134 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 13135 // copy constructors. 13136 13137 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 13138 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 13139 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 13140 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 13141 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 13142 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 13143 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 13144 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 13145 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 13146 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 13147 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 13148 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 13149 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 13150 member = CXXDestructor; 13151 13152 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 13153 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 13154 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 13155 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 13156 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 13157 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 13158 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 13159 // members unavailable. 13160 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 13161 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 13162 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 13163 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 13164 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 13165 return false; 13166 } 13167 } 13168 13169 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 13170 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 13171 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 13172 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 13173 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 13174 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 13175 } 13176 } 13177 } 13178 13179 return false; 13180 } 13181 13182 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 13183 /// AST enum value. 13184 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 13185 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 13186 switch (ivarVisibility) { 13187 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 13188 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 13189 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 13190 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 13191 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 13192 } 13193 } 13194 13195 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 13196 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 13197 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 13198 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13199 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 13200 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 13201 13202 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13203 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 13204 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13205 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13206 13207 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 13208 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 13209 13210 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13211 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13212 13213 if (BitWidth) { 13214 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 13215 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 13216 if (!BitWidth) 13217 D.setInvalidType(); 13218 } else { 13219 // Not a bitfield. 13220 13221 // validate II. 13222 13223 } 13224 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 13225 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 13226 D.setInvalidType(); 13227 } 13228 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13229 // than a variably modified type. 13230 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13231 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 13232 D.setInvalidType(); 13233 } 13234 13235 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 13236 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 13237 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 13238 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 13239 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 13240 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 13241 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 13242 return nullptr; 13243 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 13244 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13245 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13246 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 13247 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 13248 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 13249 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 13250 } 13251 else 13252 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13253 } else { 13254 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13255 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13256 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 13257 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 13258 return nullptr; 13259 } 13260 } 13261 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13262 } 13263 13264 // Construct the decl. 13265 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 13266 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 13267 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 13268 13269 if (II) { 13270 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 13271 ForRedeclaration); 13272 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 13273 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13274 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13275 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13276 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13277 } 13278 } 13279 13280 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 13281 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 13282 13283 if (D.isInvalidType()) 13284 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13285 13286 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 13287 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 13288 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13289 13290 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13291 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 13292 13293 if (II) { 13294 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 13295 // these to the interface. 13296 S->AddDecl(NewID); 13297 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 13298 } 13299 13300 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 13301 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 13302 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 13303 13304 return NewID; 13305 } 13306 13307 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 13308 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 13309 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 13310 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 13311 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 13312 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 13313 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 13314 return; 13315 13316 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 13317 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 13318 13319 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 13320 return; 13321 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 13322 if (!ID) { 13323 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 13324 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 13325 return; 13326 } 13327 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 13328 else 13329 return; 13330 } 13331 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 13332 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 13333 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 13334 13335 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 13336 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 13337 Context.CharTy, 13338 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 13339 DeclLoc), 13340 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 13341 true); 13342 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 13343 } 13344 13345 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 13346 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 13347 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 13348 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 13349 13350 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 13351 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 13352 // it will now change. 13353 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13354 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13355 switch (DC->getKind()) { 13356 default: break; 13357 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 13358 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13359 break; 13360 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 13361 Context. 13362 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13363 break; 13364 } 13365 } 13366 13367 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13368 13369 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 13370 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 13371 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 13372 if (Record) { 13373 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 13374 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 13375 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 13376 ++NumNamedMembers; 13377 } 13378 } 13379 13380 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 13381 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 13382 13383 bool ARCErrReported = false; 13384 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 13385 i != end; ++i) { 13386 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 13387 13388 // Get the type for the field. 13389 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 13390 13391 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 13392 // Remember all fields written by the user. 13393 RecFields.push_back(FD); 13394 } 13395 13396 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 13397 // diagnostics about it. 13398 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 13399 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13400 continue; 13401 } 13402 13403 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 13404 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 13405 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 13406 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 13407 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 13408 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 13409 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 13410 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 13411 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 13412 // array. 13413 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 13414 // Field declared as a function. 13415 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 13416 << FD->getDeclName(); 13417 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13418 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13419 continue; 13420 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 13421 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 13422 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 13423 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 13424 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 13425 // Flexible array member. 13426 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 13427 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 13428 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 13429 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13430 if (Record->isUnion()) 13431 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13432 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 13433 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13434 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 13435 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 13436 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 13437 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13438 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 13439 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13440 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 13441 : NumNamedMembers < 1 13442 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 13443 : 0; 13444 13445 if (DiagID) 13446 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 13447 << Record->getTagKind(); 13448 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 13449 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 13450 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 13451 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 13452 // of the type. 13453 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 13454 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 13455 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 13456 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13457 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 13458 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 13459 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13460 13461 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 13462 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 13463 // 13464 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 13465 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 13466 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13467 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 13468 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 13469 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13470 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13471 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13472 continue; 13473 } 13474 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 13475 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13476 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 13477 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13478 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13479 // Incomplete type 13480 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13481 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13482 continue; 13483 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13484 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 13485 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 13486 // flexible array member. 13487 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13488 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 13489 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 13490 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 13491 // structures. 13492 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 13493 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 13494 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13495 else { 13496 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 13497 // other structs as an extension. 13498 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 13499 << FD->getDeclName(); 13500 } 13501 } 13502 } 13503 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 13504 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13505 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13506 AbstractIvarType)) { 13507 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 13508 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13509 } 13510 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13511 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13512 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 13513 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13514 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 13515 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 13516 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 13517 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 13518 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 13519 FD->setType(T); 13520 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 13521 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 13522 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 13523 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 13524 // so we just make the field unavailable. 13525 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 13526 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 13527 QualType T = FD->getType(); 13528 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 13529 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 13530 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 13531 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 13532 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 13533 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 13534 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc)); 13535 } 13536 } else { 13537 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 13538 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 13539 } 13540 ARCErrReported = true; 13541 } 13542 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 13543 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 13544 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 13545 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13546 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 13547 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13548 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 13549 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13550 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 13551 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13552 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13553 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13554 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 13555 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13556 } 13557 } 13558 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 13559 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13560 // Keep track of the number of named members. 13561 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 13562 ++NumNamedMembers; 13563 } 13564 13565 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 13566 if (Record) { 13567 bool Completed = false; 13568 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 13569 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 13570 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 13571 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 13572 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 13573 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 13574 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 13575 13576 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 13577 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 13578 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 13579 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 13580 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 13581 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 13582 } 13583 13584 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 13585 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 13586 13587 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 13588 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 13589 // problem now. 13590 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 13591 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 13592 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 13593 13594 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 13595 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 13596 M != MEnd; ++M) { 13597 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 13598 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 13599 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 13600 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 13601 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 13602 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 13603 continue; 13604 13605 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 13606 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 13607 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 13608 // program is ill-formed. 13609 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 13610 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 13611 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 13612 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 13613 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 13614 OM = SO->second.begin(), 13615 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 13616 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 13617 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 13618 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 13619 13620 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13621 } 13622 } 13623 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 13624 Completed = true; 13625 } 13626 } 13627 } 13628 } 13629 13630 if (!Completed) 13631 Record->completeDefinition(); 13632 13633 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 13634 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 13635 13636 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 13637 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 13638 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 13639 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 13640 } 13641 13642 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 13643 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 13644 // compatibility problems. 13645 bool CheckForZeroSize; 13646 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13647 CheckForZeroSize = true; 13648 } else { 13649 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 13650 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 13651 CheckForZeroSize = 13652 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 13653 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 13654 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 13655 } 13656 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 13657 bool ZeroSize = true; 13658 bool IsEmpty = true; 13659 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 13660 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 13661 E = Record->field_end(); 13662 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 13663 IsEmpty = false; 13664 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 13665 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 13666 ZeroSize = false; 13667 } else { 13668 ++NonBitFields; 13669 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 13670 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 13671 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 13672 ZeroSize = false; 13673 } 13674 } 13675 13676 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 13677 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 13678 // extern "C" block. 13679 if (ZeroSize) { 13680 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 13681 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 13682 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 13683 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 13684 } 13685 13686 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 13687 // but are accepted by GCC. 13688 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13689 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 13690 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 13691 << Record->isUnion(); 13692 } 13693 } 13694 } else { 13695 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 13696 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 13697 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13698 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 13699 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 13700 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13701 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 13702 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13703 } 13704 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 13705 // duplicates. 13706 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 13707 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 13708 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13709 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13710 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 13711 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 13712 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 13713 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 13714 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 13715 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 13716 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13717 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13718 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13719 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13720 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 13721 // reported as errors elsewhere. 13722 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 13723 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 13724 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 13725 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 13726 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 13727 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13728 if (IDecl) { 13729 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 13730 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13731 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13732 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13733 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13734 continue; 13735 } 13736 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 13737 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 13738 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13739 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13740 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13741 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13742 continue; 13743 } 13744 } 13745 } 13746 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 13747 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13748 } 13749 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13750 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13751 } 13752 } 13753 13754 if (Attr) 13755 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 13756 } 13757 13758 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 13759 /// the given type T. 13760 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 13761 llvm::APSInt &Value, 13762 QualType T) { 13763 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13764 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 13765 13766 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 13767 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 13768 --BitWidth; 13769 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 13770 } 13771 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 13772 } 13773 13774 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 13775 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 13776 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 13777 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 13778 // enum checking below. 13779 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13780 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 13781 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13782 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 13783 }; 13784 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13785 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 13786 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 13787 }; 13788 13789 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 13790 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 13791 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 13792 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 13793 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 13794 return Types[I]; 13795 13796 return QualType(); 13797 } 13798 13799 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 13800 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 13801 SourceLocation IdLoc, 13802 IdentifierInfo *Id, 13803 Expr *Val) { 13804 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13805 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 13806 QualType EltTy; 13807 13808 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 13809 Val = nullptr; 13810 13811 if (Val) 13812 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 13813 13814 if (Val) { 13815 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 13816 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13817 else { 13818 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 13819 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 13820 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13821 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 13822 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 13823 // constant expression of the underlying type. 13824 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13825 ExprResult Converted = 13826 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 13827 CCEK_Enumerator); 13828 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 13829 Val = nullptr; 13830 else 13831 Val = Converted.get(); 13832 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 13833 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 13834 &EnumVal).get())) { 13835 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 13836 } else { 13837 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13838 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13839 13840 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 13841 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 13842 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 13843 // expression checking. 13844 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13845 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13846 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13847 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13848 } else 13849 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13850 } else 13851 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13852 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13853 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 13854 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13855 // is the type of its initializing value: 13856 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 13857 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 13858 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13859 } else { 13860 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 13861 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 13862 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 13863 // representable as an int. 13864 13865 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 13866 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 13867 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13868 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 13869 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 13870 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 13871 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 13872 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13873 } 13874 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13875 } 13876 } 13877 } 13878 } 13879 13880 if (!Val) { 13881 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 13882 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13883 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 13884 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13885 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13886 // is the type of its initializing value: 13887 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 13888 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 13889 // 13890 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 13891 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 13892 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13893 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13894 } 13895 else { 13896 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 13897 } 13898 } else { 13899 // Assign the last value + 1. 13900 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13901 ++EnumVal; 13902 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 13903 13904 // Check for overflow on increment. 13905 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 13906 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13907 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13908 // is the type of its initializing value: 13909 // 13910 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 13911 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 13912 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 13913 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 13914 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 13915 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 13916 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 13917 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 13918 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 13919 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 13920 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13921 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 13922 ++EnumVal; 13923 if (Enum->isFixed()) 13924 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 13925 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 13926 << EnumVal.toString(10) 13927 << EltTy; 13928 else 13929 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 13930 << EnumVal.toString(10); 13931 } else { 13932 EltTy = T; 13933 } 13934 13935 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 13936 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 13937 // value, then increment. 13938 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13939 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13940 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13941 ++EnumVal; 13942 13943 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 13944 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 13945 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 13946 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 13947 // integral type. 13948 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 13949 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 13950 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13951 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13952 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 13953 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13954 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 13955 } 13956 } 13957 } 13958 13959 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13960 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 13961 // enumerator's type. 13962 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13963 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13964 } 13965 13966 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 13967 Val, EnumVal); 13968 } 13969 13970 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 13971 SourceLocation IILoc) { 13972 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 13973 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13974 return SkipBodyInfo(); 13975 13976 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 13977 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 13978 // skip the body. 13979 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 13980 ForRedeclaration); 13981 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 13982 if (!PrevECD) 13983 return SkipBodyInfo(); 13984 13985 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 13986 NamedDecl *Hidden; 13987 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 13988 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 13989 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 13990 return Skip; 13991 } 13992 13993 return SkipBodyInfo(); 13994 } 13995 13996 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 13997 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 13998 AttributeList *Attr, 13999 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 14000 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 14001 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 14002 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 14003 14004 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 14005 // we find one that is. 14006 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 14007 14008 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 14009 // scope. 14010 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14011 ForRedeclaration); 14012 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 14013 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 14014 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 14015 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 14016 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14017 } 14018 14019 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 14020 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 14021 // different from T: 14022 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 14023 // enumerated type 14024 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 14025 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 14026 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 14027 14028 EnumConstantDecl *New = 14029 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 14030 if (!New) 14031 return nullptr; 14032 14033 if (PrevDecl) { 14034 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 14035 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 14036 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 14037 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 14038 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) && 14039 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(PrevDecl, New)) { 14040 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14041 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 14042 else 14043 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 14044 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14045 return nullptr; 14046 } 14047 } 14048 14049 // Process attributes. 14050 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 14051 14052 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 14053 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 14054 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 14055 14056 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 14057 14058 return New; 14059 } 14060 14061 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 14062 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 14063 // Element2 = Element1 14064 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 14065 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 14066 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 14067 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 14068 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 14069 if (!InitExpr) 14070 return true; 14071 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 14072 14073 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 14074 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 14075 return true; 14076 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 14077 if (!IL) 14078 return true; 14079 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 14080 return true; 14081 14082 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 14083 } 14084 14085 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 14086 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 14087 if (!DRE) 14088 return true; 14089 14090 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 14091 if (!EnumConstant) 14092 return true; 14093 14094 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 14095 Enum) 14096 return true; 14097 14098 return false; 14099 } 14100 14101 namespace { 14102 struct DupKey { 14103 int64_t val; 14104 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 14105 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 14106 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 14107 }; 14108 14109 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 14110 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 14111 false); 14112 } 14113 14114 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 14115 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 14116 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 14117 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 14118 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 14119 } 14120 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 14121 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 14122 LHS.val == RHS.val; 14123 } 14124 }; 14125 } // end anonymous namespace 14126 14127 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 14128 // a previous element has already been set to. 14129 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14130 EnumDecl *Enum, 14131 QualType EnumType) { 14132 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 14133 return; 14134 // Avoid anonymous enums 14135 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 14136 return; 14137 14138 // Only check for small enums. 14139 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 14140 return; 14141 14142 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 14143 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 14144 14145 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 14146 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 14147 ValueToVectorMap; 14148 14149 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 14150 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 14151 14152 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 14153 // an initialier. 14154 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14155 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14156 14157 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 14158 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 14159 if (!ECD) { 14160 return; 14161 } 14162 14163 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 14164 continue; 14165 14166 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14167 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14168 14169 // First time encountering this value. 14170 if (Entry.isNull()) 14171 Entry = ECD; 14172 } 14173 14174 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 14175 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14176 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14177 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 14178 continue; 14179 14180 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14181 14182 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14183 if (Entry.isNull()) 14184 continue; 14185 14186 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 14187 // Ensure constants are different. 14188 if (D == ECD) 14189 continue; 14190 14191 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 14192 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 14193 Vec->push_back(D); 14194 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14195 14196 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 14197 Entry = Vec; 14198 14199 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 14200 // diagnostics. 14201 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 14202 continue; 14203 } 14204 14205 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 14206 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 14207 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 14208 continue; 14209 14210 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14211 } 14212 14213 // Emit diagnostics. 14214 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 14215 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 14216 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 14217 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 14218 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 14219 14220 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 14221 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 14222 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 14223 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14224 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14225 ++I; 14226 14227 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 14228 // the same value. 14229 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 14230 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 14231 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14232 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14233 delete Vec; 14234 } 14235 } 14236 14237 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 14238 bool AllowMask) const { 14239 assert(ED->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>() && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 14240 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 14241 14242 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 14243 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 14244 14245 if (R.second) { 14246 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 14247 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 14248 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 14249 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 14250 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 14251 } 14252 } 14253 14254 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 14255 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 14256 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 14257 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 14258 // 14259 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 14260 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 14261 // likely a logic error. 14262 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 14263 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 14264 } 14265 14266 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 14267 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 14268 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14269 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 14270 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 14271 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 14272 14273 if (Attr) 14274 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 14275 14276 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 14277 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14278 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14279 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14280 if (!ECD) continue; 14281 14282 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14283 } 14284 14285 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 14286 return; 14287 } 14288 14289 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 14290 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 14291 // emit a warning. 14292 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14293 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 14294 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 14295 14296 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 14297 // reverse the list. 14298 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 14299 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 14300 14301 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 14302 bool AllElementsInt = true; 14303 14304 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14305 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14306 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14307 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14308 14309 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14310 14311 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 14312 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 14313 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 14314 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 14315 else 14316 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 14317 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 14318 14319 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 14320 if (AllElementsInt) 14321 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 14322 } 14323 14324 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 14325 QualType BestType; 14326 unsigned BestWidth; 14327 14328 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 14329 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 14330 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 14331 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 14332 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 14333 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 14334 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 14335 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 14336 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 14337 QualType BestPromotionType; 14338 14339 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 14340 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 14341 // enum definitions. 14342 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 14343 Packed = true; 14344 14345 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14346 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14347 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 14348 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 14349 else 14350 BestPromotionType = BestType; 14351 14352 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 14353 } 14354 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 14355 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 14356 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 14357 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14358 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 14359 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 14360 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14361 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 14362 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 14363 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 14364 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14365 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 14366 BestType = Context.IntTy; 14367 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14368 } else { 14369 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 14370 14371 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 14372 BestType = Context.LongTy; 14373 } else { 14374 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14375 14376 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 14377 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 14378 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 14379 } 14380 } 14381 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 14382 } else { 14383 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 14384 // all of the enumerator values. 14385 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14386 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 14387 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 14388 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14389 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14390 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 14391 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 14392 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14393 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14394 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 14395 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 14396 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14397 BestPromotionType 14398 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14399 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 14400 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 14401 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 14402 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 14403 BestPromotionType 14404 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14405 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 14406 } else { 14407 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14408 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 14409 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 14410 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 14411 BestPromotionType 14412 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14413 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 14414 } 14415 } 14416 14417 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 14418 // the type of the enum if needed. 14419 for (auto *D : Elements) { 14420 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14421 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14422 14423 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 14424 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 14425 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 14426 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 14427 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 14428 14429 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 14430 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14431 14432 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 14433 // the enum decl type. 14434 QualType NewTy; 14435 unsigned NewWidth; 14436 bool NewSign; 14437 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14438 !Enum->isFixed() && 14439 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 14440 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 14441 NewWidth = IntWidth; 14442 NewSign = true; 14443 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 14444 // Already the right type! 14445 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14446 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14447 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14448 // enumeration. 14449 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14450 continue; 14451 } else { 14452 NewTy = BestType; 14453 NewWidth = BestWidth; 14454 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 14455 } 14456 14457 // Adjust the APSInt value. 14458 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 14459 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 14460 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 14461 14462 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 14463 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 14464 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 14465 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 14466 CK_IntegralCast, 14467 ECD->getInitExpr(), 14468 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 14469 VK_RValue)); 14470 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14471 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14472 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14473 // enumeration. 14474 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14475 else 14476 ECD->setType(NewTy); 14477 } 14478 14479 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 14480 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 14481 14482 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 14483 14484 if (Enum->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>()) { 14485 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 14486 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14487 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14488 14489 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14490 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 14491 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 14492 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 14493 << ECD << Enum; 14494 } 14495 } 14496 14497 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 14498 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 14499 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 14500 } 14501 14502 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 14503 SourceLocation StartLoc, 14504 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 14505 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 14506 14507 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 14508 AsmString, StartLoc, 14509 EndLoc); 14510 CurContext->addDecl(New); 14511 return New; 14512 } 14513 14514 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 14515 SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC, 14516 bool FromInclude = false) { 14517 SourceLocation ExternCLoc; 14518 14519 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 14520 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 14521 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 14522 if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid()) 14523 ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart(); 14524 break; 14525 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 14526 break; 14527 } 14528 DC = LSD->getParent(); 14529 } 14530 14531 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 14532 DC = DC->getParent(); 14533 14534 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 14535 S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M)) 14536 ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop 14537 : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal) 14538 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 14539 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 14540 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC; 14541 } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) { 14542 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c) 14543 << M->getFullModuleName(); 14544 S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 14545 } 14546 } 14547 14548 void Sema::diagnoseMisplacedModuleImport(Module *M, SourceLocation ImportLoc) { 14549 return checkModuleImportContext(*this, M, ImportLoc, CurContext); 14550 } 14551 14552 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 14553 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 14554 ModuleIdPath Path) { 14555 Module *Mod = 14556 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 14557 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 14558 if (!Mod) 14559 return true; 14560 14561 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 14562 14563 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 14564 14565 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 14566 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 14567 // silently ignoring the import. 14568 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 14569 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import) 14570 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 14571 else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule) 14572 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 14573 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule; 14574 14575 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 14576 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 14577 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 14578 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 14579 // We need the length to be consistent. 14580 if (!ModCheck) 14581 break; 14582 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 14583 14584 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 14585 } 14586 14587 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 14588 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 14589 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 14590 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 14591 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 14592 return Import; 14593 } 14594 14595 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14596 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 14597 14598 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 14599 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 14600 // implementation detail of us building the module. 14601 // 14602 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 14603 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 14604 TUKind == TU_Module && 14605 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 14606 14607 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 14608 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 14609 if (!IsInModuleIncludes) { 14610 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14611 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14612 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 14613 DirectiveLoc); 14614 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14615 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14616 } 14617 14618 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 14619 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14620 } 14621 14622 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14623 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14624 14625 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 14626 VisibleModulesStack.push_back(std::move(VisibleModules)); 14627 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14628 } 14629 14630 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14631 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14632 14633 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 14634 VisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModulesStack.back()); 14635 VisibleModulesStack.pop_back(); 14636 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14637 } 14638 } 14639 14640 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 14641 Module *Mod) { 14642 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 14643 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 14644 return; 14645 14646 // Create the implicit import declaration. 14647 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14648 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14649 Loc, Mod, Loc); 14650 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14651 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14652 14653 // Make the module visible. 14654 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 14655 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 14656 } 14657 14658 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14659 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14660 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14661 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14662 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14663 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 14664 LookupOrdinaryName); 14665 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 14666 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 14667 14668 // If a declaration that: 14669 // 1) declares a function or a variable 14670 // 2) has external linkage 14671 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 14672 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 14673 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 14674 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 14675 else 14676 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 14677 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 14678 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 14679 } else 14680 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 14681 } 14682 14683 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14684 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14685 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 14686 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 14687 14688 if (PrevDecl) { 14689 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 14690 } else { 14691 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14692 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 14693 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 14694 } 14695 } 14696 14697 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14698 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14699 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14700 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14701 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14702 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 14703 LookupOrdinaryName); 14704 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 14705 14706 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 14707 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 14708 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14709 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 14710 } else { 14711 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14712 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 14713 } 14714 } 14715 14716 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 14717 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 14718 } 14719 14720 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 14721 const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 14722 if (!D) 14723 return AR_Available; 14724 14725 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 14726 // both the availability of the method as well as the 14727 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 14728 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 14729 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 14730 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 14731 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 14732 if (R != AR_Available) 14733 return R; 14734 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 14735 } 14736 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 14737 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 14738 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 14739 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 14740 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 14741 } 14742 // Recover from user error. 14743 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 14744 } 14745